Section 1 General

QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
01: Introduction
Page1
INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................... 2
1.1
GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 2
1.1.1
1.1.2
1.1.3
1.1.4
Scope of this Section

Scope of the Qatar Construction Specification
References
Precedence of Specification and Documents
1.2
COMPLIANCE ............................................................................................... 3
1.2.1
1.2.2
Compliance with the Qatar Construction Specification

Compliance with the General Conditions of Contract
1.3
STANDARDS ................................................................................................. 3
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.3.3
References to Standards
3
Government Published Specifications, Regulations, Notices and Circulars 3
Survey Marks
5
1.4
TERMS AND DEFINITIONS .......................................................................... 5
1.4.1
1.4.2
1.4.3
1.4.4
1.4.5
1.4.6
1.4.7
1.4.8
1.4.9
1.4.10
1.4.11
1.4.12
1.4.13
1.4.14
1.4.15
1.4.16
1.4.17
1.4.18
1.4.19
1.4.20
1.4.21
1.4.22
General
Approved
Contract
Contract Documents
Contractor
Drawings
Engineer
Engineers Representative
Government
Government Departments and Utility Services
Guarantee
Independent Agency
Owner
Permanent Works
Plant
Project Documentation
Singular and Plural
Site
Specifications
Specified
Temporary Works
Works
1.5
ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS ............................................................... 7
1.5.1
1.5.2
General
Site Conditions
1.6
LANGUAGE ................................................................................................. 10
1.6.1
Contract Language
AM
TC
2
2
2
2
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
10
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
01: Introduction
Page2
INTRODUCTION
1.1
GENERAL
1.1.1
Scope of this Section
This Section specifies the general clauses applicable to Works being carried out in
accordance with this Specification.
1.1.2
Scope of the Qatar Construction Specification
The clauses in this Specification are applicable to each and every part of the Works. Their
function is to bring together all those statements which are normally common to most types
of work.
The Qatar Construction Specification applies to the entire Works, whether on the Site or in
yards, workshops and factories employed elsewhere in connection with the Works.
1.1.3
References
The following standards are referred to in this Part:

BS 6100......................Building and civil engineering: Vocabulary
TC
BS ISO 80000 ............Quantities and Units
BS EN 1991-1-4 .........Eurocode 1. Actions on structures. General actions. Wind actions
AM
BS EN 1992-1-1 .........Eurocode 2. Design of concrete structures. General rules and rules for
buildings
ASCE/SEI 7-05...........Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and other Structures
Guide to the Design of Concrete Structures in the Arabian Peninsula, 2008
Seismic hazard and seismic design requirements for the Arabian Peninsula region. The 14th
World Conference on Earthquake Engineering October 2008
Civil Aviation Authority wind records. Ministry of Communication & Transport, Department of
Civil Aviation & Meterology.
1.1.4
Precedence of Specification and Documents
The precedence of documents shall be:

(a)
Particular Conditions of Contract.
(b)
General Conditions of Contract.
(c)
Project Specific Specification.
(d)
Project Specific and General Drawings.
(e)
Qatar Construction Specification.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
01: Introduction
Page3
COMPLIANCE
1.2.1
Compliance with the Qatar Construction Specification
Unless otherwise stated in the Project Documentation, the Contractor shall comply with every
requirement of the Qatar Construction Specification that is relevant to the type of work
forming any part of the Contract and shall adopt whichever permissible option or alternative
that is best suited to the needs of the construction work being undertaken.
Any information in the Contract documents as to the whereabouts of existing services and
mains is approximate and for the guidance of the Contractor who shall not be relieved of his
obligations under of the General Conditions of Contract .
1.2.2
Compliance with the General Conditions of Contract
The Qatar Construction Specification is intended for use with the General Conditions of
Contract.
The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the General Conditions of Contract in the
course of construction of the Works.
1.3
STANDARDS
1.3.1
References to Standards
Any standard referred to in this Specification shall be deemed to be the version and/or
standard(s), that was current forty-two days prior to the date of return of Tenders.
Any standard referred to in this Specification shall be taken as a reference to an equivalent

Specification.
The Contractor shall have copies of all referenced standards applicable to the work being
undertaken. Translations of standards not written in English shall be provided where
necessary.
1.3.2
Government Published Specifications, Regulations, Notices and Circulars
The works shall be executed in accordance with the following Government specifications,
regulations, notices and circulars:
AM
TC
1.2
(a)
The General Conditions of Contract.
(b)
The Qatar Construction Specification (QCS) issued by the Qatar Standards,

Laboratories and Standardisation Affairs, Ministry of Environment, 2014 and all
revisions and addenda issued by the same ministry prior to the date of the
announcement inviting tenderer.
(c)
The Code of Practice and Specification for Road Openings in the Highway prepared by
the Ministry of Industry & Public Works, January 1992.
(d)
The Guide for Civil Users of Explosives in Qatar prepared by the former Ministry of
Public Works.
(e)
The Qatar Survey Manual prepared by the Survey Section of the former Ministry of
Industry & Public Works.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
01: Introduction
Page4
The Qatar Traffic Manual prepared by the former Ministry of Public Works and the
Qatar Highway Design Manual prepared by MMAA, 1997.
(g)
The Traffic Control at Road Works Manual issued by the former Ministry of Industry &
Public Works.
(h)
Rules, Regulations and Code of Practice for Design and Installation of Air
Conditioning, Heating, Ventilation & Refrigeration (ACHVR) Systems for Government
Buildings, 2nd Edition, 1989, prepared by Qatar General Electricity and Water
Corporation (QGEWC).
(i)
Regulations for the Installation of Electrical Wiring by the former Qatar National
Telephone Services.
(j)
The Regulations for the Installation of Electrical Wiring, Electrical Equipment and Air
Conditioning Equipment, Feb 2006 Edition prepared by the Qatar General Electricity
and Water Corporation (QGEWC).
(k)
Rules and Regulations for Plumbing Works prepared by the Qatar General Electricity
and Water Corporation (QGEWC).
(l)
Any current and relevant regulations, notices or circulars issued by the Public Works
Authority, Ministry of Municipal Affairs & Agriculture (including the previous Ministry of
Public Works and the previous Ministry of Industry and Public Works), Qatar General
Electricity and Water Corporation (QGEWC) (including the previous Ministry of
Electricity and Water), Qatar Telecom (Q-TEL), the Qatar Standards, the Supreme
Council for the Environment and Natural Reserves or the appropriate local Municipality
prior to the date of the announcement inviting tenderer.
(m)
State of Qatar Law No. 30 of 2002 and all subsequent amendments concerning The
Environment and Natural Resources Protection Articles 6, 17, 19 & 35.
(n)
State of Qatar Law No. (6) of 1987 and all subsequent amendments concerning
Materials and Equipment from Qatar or other CCASG countries.
(o)
The Method of Measurement for Road and Bridgeworks published by the Ministry of
Industry and Public Works, Civil Engineering Department , 1987.
(p)
Standard Method of Measurement of Building Works published by the Ministry of

Public Works, Engineering Services Department, 1973.
(q)
Safety Rules issued by the Electricity Networks Department of the former Ministry of
Electricity and Water.
(r)
The Jointing Manual prepared by the Electricity Networks Department of the former
Ministry of Electricity and Water.
(s)
The Labour Law, No. (14) of The Year 2004 Published by Labour Department of
Ministry of Civil Service Affairs & Housing, 2005.
(t)
Developers Drainage Guide prepared by the Public Works Authority, 2007.
(u)
Qatar Traffic Law No. 19 of the Year 2007.
(v)
CDD (Civil Defence Department) Fire Safety Handbook.
(w)
Civil Defence Law No. 9 of the Year 2012.
(x)
Worker Rights Booklet 2009 (National Human Rights Committee).
AM
TC
(f)
The Contractor shall be deemed to have his own copy of the Government specifications,
regulations, notices and circulars given at (a) to (t) above.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
01: Introduction
Page5
Where any standard publication, specification, regulation, notice, etc or any correspondence
refers to a Government Ministry, department, division, section, etc it will be deemed to be the
same as any successor Ministry, department, division, section, etc which has or may
subsequently be officially promulgated by the Government of the State of Qatar.
1.3.3
Survey Marks
The Contractor shall consult the Engineer prior to any earth or other works to determine if the
work is likely to disturb survey marks. If the Engineer requires a survey mark to be moved
the Contractor will be responsible for recreating the survey mark to an approved design and
specification, and for resurveying the point using survey companies approved by the
Engineer authority.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of the survey marks within the
boundaries of the site for the duration of the contract period, and shall be liable for all costs of
any remedial work required by the Engineer.
On the practical completion of the Works the Engineer will issue a certificate stating that all
survey marks, whether disturbed or otherwise by the Contractor, have been reinstated or
protected to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
In the event of failure to comply with the requirements of this Clause the Engineer, without
prejudice to any other method of recovery, may deduct the costs of any remedial work after
the practical completion date carried out by the Engineer, from any monies in its hands or
which may become due to the Contractor.
1.4
TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
1.4.1
General
The following terms and conditions shall apply when used within, or in association with, the
Qatar Construction Specification. Terms, which are restricted in their application to certain
types of material or workmanship, are dealt with in the appropriate Section.
The definitions given in the General Conditions of Contract shall apply to this specification.
1.4.2
Approved
means terms such as approved, approved by, to the approval, as directed and the like
refer always to approval or directions given by the Engineer in writing.
1.4.3
Contract
means the binding agreement entered into between the parties and the Contractor for the
construction of the Works.
1.4.4
Contract Documents
means documents which together form the Contract
1.4.5
Contractor
means the party responsible for the construction of the Works.
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
01: Introduction
Page6
Drawings
The drawings included in the Project Documentation.
1.4.7
Engineer
means the party appointed by the Owner to administer the Contract
1.4.8
Engineers Representative
means the party appointed from time to time by the Engineer to perform duties on behalf of
the Engineer whose authority and delegated powers shall be notified in writing to the
Contractor by the Engineer.
1.4.9
Government
means the Government of the State of Qatar, including its ministries and offices
1.4.10
Government Departments and Utility Services
means any governmental, semi-governmental, administrative, fiscal or judicial ministry,

department, commission, authority, tribunal, agency, municipality or body, and shall include
the provider of electricity, gas, water, wastewater and other public services, and any party
with a regulatory function under the laws of the State of Qatar.
1.4.11
Guarantee
A Guarantee is a written assurance that a material, product, component, item of equipment,

finishing or any other part of the Works meets certain defined standards or quality criteria
and/or lasts for a certain length of time.
A warranty is the same as a Guarantee as defined in Clause 1.4.17.1.
1.4.12
Independent Agency
means a party where specified in the Contract Documents or as instructed by the Engineer
as an Approved agency who is responsible for specific tasks assigned to that party by the
Contract Documents
1.4.13
Owner
means the party for whom the Project is being undertaken and to whom the handover of the
final product will be made.
1.4.14
Permanent Works
means the permanent works, forming part of the Works, to be designed and / or executed
and completed by the Contractor under the Contract.
AM
TC
1.4.6
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
01: Introduction
Page7
Plant
means, irrespective of ownership, all plant, facilities, temporary structures and

accommodation, equipment, tools, appliances, apparatus, machinery, vehicles and other
things required for the design, execution and completion of the Works and the remedying of
defects, whether imported or locally supplied, but excluding Temporary Works and any other
things intended to form or forming part of the Permanent Works
1.4.16
Project Documentation
All documents associated with and applicable to the Project Contract.
1.4.17
Singular and Plural
Words importing the singular only also include the plural vice versa where the context
requires.
1.4.18
Site
Means the places provided by the Owner where the permanent works are to be executed and
to which Plant and Materials are to be delivered, any other places that may be specified in the
Contract Documents or by an instruction of the Engineer as forming part of the Site
1.4.19
Specifications
All specifications contained in the Contract including any modifications or additions thereto as
may from time to time be issued or approved in writing by the Engineer.
1.4.20
Specified
Specified in the Project Documentation.
1.4.21
Temporary Works
means temporary works of every kind (other than Plant) required on the Site for the execution
and completion of the Permanent Works and the remedying of Defects.
1.4.22
Works
means all works, supplies and services of any kind, including Permanent Works and
Temporary Works, required for the project and to satisfy the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
1.5
ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
1.5.1
General
Units shall generally be in accordance with the Systm International dUnits and the relevant
provisions of BS ISO 80000
AM
TC
1.4.15
QCS 2014
The following abbreviations are used in this Specification:

microns
ampere
Celsius
centi
day
diameter
gram (me)
hour
hectare
joule
kilo
litre
mega
metre
milli
Newton
number
number
Pascal
radius
second
tonne
volt
Watt
AM
A
C
c
d
dia
g
h
ha
J
k
l
M
m
m
N
No.
nr
Pa
r
sec
t
V
W
3
Page8
TC
Section 01: General

Part
01: Introduction
Reference to a technical society, institution, association or governmental authority is made in

the Specifications in accordance with the following abbreviations:
AASHTO
ACI
ANSI
ASME
ASTM
AWS
AWWA
BS
BSI
C & CA
CEE
CIBSE
CIRIA
CRSI
CS
DIN
EIA
EN
FHWA
FM
GS
ICE
IEC
IEE
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials

American Concrete Institute
American National Standards Institute
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
American Society for Testing & Materials
American Welding Society
American Water Works Association
British Standard
British Standard Institution
Cement and Concrete Association
Commission of approval of Electrical Equipment
Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers
Concrete Industry Research and Information Association
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
Concrete Society
Deutsches Institute fur Normung (German Institute for Standardization)
Electronic Industries Association
European Standards (Euro-Norm)
Federal Highway Authority
Factory Mutual Engineering Division
Gulf Standards
Institution of Civil Engineers
International Electrotechnical Commission
Institution of Electrical Engineers
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
01: Introduction
IEEE
ISO
LPC
LPCB
MMAA
NEMA
NFPA
PCI
PWA
QCS
QGEWC
QS
Page9
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineering

International Organization for Standardization
Loss Prevention Council
Loss Prevention Certification Board
Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Agriculture
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
National Fire Protection Agency
Prestressed Concrete Institute
Public Works Authority (Ashghal)
Qatar Construction Specification
Qatar General Electricity & Water Corporation
Qatar Standards (Laboratories and Standardisation Affairs, Ministry of
Environment)
Qatar Telecom Provider
Swedish Standards Institute
United Kingdom Department of Transport
Urban Planning and Development Authority
Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker (Association for Electrical, Electronic
and Information Technologies)
Ooredoo
SIS
UK DOT
UPDA
VDE
Site Conditions
The Site conditions shall be assumed to be as follows for tendering purposes:
TC
1.5.2
Maximum ambient temperature .......................... 50C
AM
Minimum ambient temperature ........................... 5C

Design ambient temperature ............................... 50C
Maximum metal temperature under the sun ....... 85C
Maximum ambient humidity ................................ 100%
Minimum ambient humidity ................................. 20%
Design ambient humidity ..................................... 100%
50-year return period Wind Speed:
(a) Nominal wind speed for 3 sec gust 38 m/s (A per ASCE 7-05 / IBC 2012)
(b) Mean hourly wind speed. 25 m/s (as per BS 6399-2)
(c) Mean 10 minutes wind speed 27 m/s (as per BS EN 1991-1-4)
Yearly rainfall ....................................................... 80 - 150 mm
2
The wind is very directional and that the W-NNW sector predominates for velocities greater
than 8m/s (30km/h). However, the wind in coastal areas tends to exhibit a diurnal pattern,
with onshore winds during daylight hours changing to offshore at night.
The temperature is relatively mild from October to May and hot from June to September.
The relative ambient humidity is generally low from October to May and generally high from
June to September.
Under certain climatic conditions, considerable condensation may take place.
A considerable amount of salt is contained in the atmosphere which together with the
relatively high ambient humidity, can produce sever corrosion problems.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
01: Introduction
Page10
Distribution and occurrence of rainfall events are very erratic. Rainfall events are generally of
a high intensity with a short duration and usually occur between December and March.
The prevailing wind directions are from the north and west.
The seismic design for all building structure shall be based upon local seismic accelerations
recommended as per ASCE 7-10, IBC 2012 or BS EN 1998-1:2004. Local seismic spectral
accelerations based upon uniform hazard response spectra for 475 year and 2475 year
return period as below.
Peak Ground Acceleration
(PGA)
475 year
2475 year
475 year
2475 year
475 year
2475 year
0.045
0.10
0.090
0.147
0.045
0.065
Wind tunnel test is recommended for buildings under below criteria

(a)
Total building height exceeding 120m from ground.
(b)
Structure with irregular geometry or shape.
(c)
Unusual terrain or surrounding structure in the area.
(d)
Any other factor as per design requirements or designer recommendation.
TC
11
1 second Spectral
Acceleration (g) S1
The ratio of the wind speed for any return period to the 50 year return period wind speed as
per Peterka & Shahid Equation is
AM
10
0.2 second Spectral

Acceleration (g) - Ss
VT / V50 = [0.36+0.1 ln (12T)]

12
Building structure design working life shall be minimum as specified below

Design working
life category
Indicative design
working life (years)
10
10 to 25
Replaceable structural parts, eg. Gantry girders, bearings
15 to 30
Storage and similar structures
50 to 75
Building structures and other common structures
120
(a)
Examples
Temporary structures (a)
Civil engineering structures like bridges, tunnel etc.
Structures or parts of structures that can be dismantled with intention of being reused, arent temporary
structures.
1.6
LANGUAGE
1.6.1
Contract Language
All communications, meetings and documentation shall be in English.

END OF PART
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
02: Use and Maintenance of the Site
Page 1
USE AND MAINTENANCE OF THE SITE ............................................................... 2
2.1
2.1.1
GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 2
Scope
2
2.2
2.2.1
USE OF THE SITE .................................................................................................. 2

General
2
2.3
2.3.1
MAINTENANCE OF THE SITE................................................................................ 2

General
2
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
02: Use and Maintenance of the Site
USE AND MAINTENANCE OF THE SITE
2.1
GENERAL
2.1.1
Scope
This Part specifies the uses and maintenance requirements of the Site.
Related Sections and parts are as follows:

This Section
Part 10
Part 11
Part 12
Page 2
Occupational Health and Safety

Engineers Site Facilities
Contractors Site Facilities
USE OF THE SITE
2.2.1
General
The Site shall not be used for any purpose other than that of carrying out the Works.
Temporary camps, housing and cooking facilities shall not be permitted on the Site unless
otherwise stated in the Project Documentation. When temporary camps, housing and
cooking facilities are permitted they shall comply with Section 1 Part 10.
2.3
MAINTENANCE OF THE SITE
2.3.1
General
In accordance with the Conditions of Contract the Site, the equipment used upon it and the
Works shall be kept clean at all times.
AM
TC
2.2
END OF PART
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
03: Site Access and Entry onto the Site
Page 1
SITE ACCESS AND ENTRY ONTO THE SITE ....................................................... 2
3.1
3.1.1
GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 2
Scope
2
3.2
3.2.1
ACCESS ROADS .................................................................................................... 2

Temporary Access Roads
2
3.3
3.3.1
SITE ENTRY ........................................................................................................... 2

Entry onto the Site
2
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 2
SITE ACCESS AND ENTRY ONTO THE SITE
3.1
GENERAL
3.1.1
Scope
This Part specifies the requirements for access to the Site including temporary access roads,
and the Contractors entry onto the Site.
Related Sections and Parts are as follows:

This Section
Part 16
Traffic Diversions
ACCESS ROADS
3.2.1
Temporary Access Roads
The Contractor shall arrange for, construct, maintain and afterwards remove and reinstate
any access required for and in connection with the execution of the Works.
Reinstatement shall include restoring the area of any route to at least the degree of safety,
stability, drainage, level, contour and landscaping that existed at the time the Contractor is
given possession of site and all such reinstatements shall meet the minimum requirements of
the QCS
The Contractor is required to maintain and provide satisfactory temporary access and traffic
flow to, from and within the areas of the works. Temporary traffic signs and lighting for
temporary roads and diversions are to be in strict accordance with the requirements of the
Qatar Traffic Manual and any additional requirements instructed by the Traffic Police or the
Engineer. Details of proposals for any such measures are to be submitted by the Contractor
for approval to the Traffic Police and the Engineer prior to the implementation of the
diversions or temporary roads unless otherwise instructed. Such approval shall not relieve
the Contractor of any of his duties or responsibilities under the Contract.
The Contractor shall maintain at all times pedestrian access to all properties fronting the
roads affected by the works.
The Contractor shall at all times during the Contract maintain safe and proper access to and
from adjacent buildings and properties.
The Contractor shall maintain at all times all the traffic signs, lighting, barriers, cones and
whatever additionally required to keep the diversions, temporary roads and pedestrian
access in a very good condition and best workable status.
3.3
SITE ENTRY
3.3.1
Entry onto the Site
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing 14 days in advance of his intentions to start
work. If construction of the Works includes operations in two or more areas, such
notifications shall apply to each area.
AM
TC
3.2
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 3
Working areas for which access is subject to time constraints shall be as detailed in the
Project Documentation.
Any known hazards in the working areas shall be detailed in the Project Documentation.
The Contractor shall keep records of the dates of his entry onto and departure from all areas
included in the Works, together with the dates of the erection and removal of temporary
hoarding, and shall furnish copies of these records when required by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall make a record to be agreed with the Engineer on the condition of the
Site immediately before entering for the purpose of constructing the Works.
Prior to commencing Work in roads the Contractor shall complete, and submit to the
Engineer, the necessary inventory forms (Road Safety Division Site Inventory form, the Street
Name Inventory etc). The Contractor shall be responsible for rectifying any damage to the
above signs in the absence of an approved inventory prior to construction.
Where work is required on the Owners plant the Contractor shall comply with the Owners
permit procedure prior to commencement of work.
AM
TC
END OF PART
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
04: Protection
Page 1
PROTECTION ......................................................................................................... 2
4.1
4.1.1
GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 2
Scope
2
4.2
4.2.1
4.2.2
PROTECTION OF THE WORKS ............................................................................ 2

General Protection
2
Protection of Finishes, Equipment and Surfaces
2
4.3
4.3.1
4.3.2
4.3.3
PROTECTION OF OTHER WORKS ....................................................................... 2

Protection Against Damage
2
Procedure for Complaints and Claims for Damage
3
4.3.3 Protection of Survey Control Points
3
4.4
4.4.1
4.4.2
4.4.3
4.4.4
4.4.5
WATCHING AND LIGHTING................................................................................... 3

Protection of the Public
3
Protection Against Theft
4
4
Protection Against Trespass
4
Watchmen
4
4.5
4.5.1
HOARDING ............................................................................................................. 4
Temporary Site Hoarding
4
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
04: Protection
Page 2
PROTECTION
4.1
GENERAL
4.1.1
Scope
This Part specifies the requirements associated with the protection of the Works and other
works, watching and lighting and for Site hoarding.
4.2
PROTECTION OF THE WORKS
4.2.1
General Protection
The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the care and protection of the Works and
Temporary Works against damage of any kind for the duration of the Contract.
In the event of any damage to the Works or Temporary Works, the Contractor shall
undertake all necessary repairs at his own cost.
4.2.2
Protection of Finishes, Equipment and Surfaces
The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the protection of finishes, equipment and
surfaces that form part of the Works. Protective coatings and wrappings shall be left on
items for as long as possible and practicable.
In the event of any damage to finishes, equipment or surfaces, the Contractor shall all
necessary undertake repairs at his own cost.
4.3
PROTECTION OF OTHER WORKS
4.3.1
The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to avoid causing any unwarranted
damage to roads, land, properties, trees and other features and, during the currency of the
Contract shall deal promptly with any complaints by owners or occupiers.
Where any portion of the Works is close to, across, or under any existing apparatus, the
Contractor shall temporarily support and work round, under or adjacent to the apparatus in a
manner designed to avoid damage, leakage or danger, and to ensure uninterrupted operation
of the apparatus.
Should any leakages or damage be discovered, the Contractor shall at once notify the
Engineer and the owner concerned, as appropriate and the Contractor shall afford every
facility for the repair or replacement of the apparatus affected.
The Contractor shall be held responsible for any damage caused by him, his work people,
sub-contractors or suppliers to public or private roads, paved areas, paths, verges, trees,
shrubs, fences, boundary walls, gates, signs, drains, ducts and services during the execution
of the Contract and shall bear the cost of making good any damage to the entire satisfaction
of the local and other authorities and owners. The Contractor shall keep all private roads and
paths clean and free from dirt and debris and any obstruction associated with the works,
which would prejudice the safe and unimpeded normal use of the said roads and paths.
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
04: Protection
Page 3
Procedure for Complaints and Claims for Damage
.Details of all claims for damage or warning of intended claims for damage which the
Contractor may receive shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer without delay.
Likewise, any such claims or warning, which may be submitted directly to Engineer shall be
passed on to the Contractor without delay
A similar exchange of information shall also be made in relation to all complaints which may
be received.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing immediately following any damage or injury
resulting from the execution of the Works.
The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with the repair of other works due
to damage caused by the Contractor.
4.3.3
4.3.3 Protection of Survey Control Points
The Contractor shall protect all Government survey control points within the limits of the site
from any damage whatsoever, during the construction of the Works.
All control points shall be clearly marked on Site by the Contractor and any necessary
temporary protection works shall be installed as directed by the Engineer.
Should any control point be damaged during the course of the works, its replacement and
any other costs incurred (such as resurveying) shall be borne by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall consult the Survey Section of the Ministry of Municipality and Urban
Planning (MMUP) prior to the commencement of any works determine if the works is likely to
disturb survey marks. If the Survey Section requires a survey mark to be moved the
Contractor will be responsible for recreating the survey mark to an approved design and
specification, and for resurveying the point using survey companies approved by the Survey
Section.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of the survey marks within the
boundaries of the site for the duration of the Contract and shall be liable for all costs of
remedial works required by the survey section if damaged by the Contractor
Prior to the issuing of the Certificate of Completion of Works the Survey Section will issue a
certificate stating that all survey marks, whether disturbed or otherwise by the Contractor,
have been reinstated or protected to the satisfaction of the survey section.
In the event of failure to comply with the requirements of this clause the Engineer, without
prejudice to any other method of recovery, may deduct the costs of any remedial work after
the time for completion carried out by the survey section, from any monies in its hands or
which may become due to the Contractor
4.4
WATCHING AND LIGHTING
4.4.1
Protection of the Public
Further to Clause 19 of the General Conditions of Contract, the Contractor shall provide all
watching and lighting and everything else necessary by day and night for the protection of the
public.
AM
TC
4.3.2
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
04: Protection
Page 4
Protection Against Theft
watching and lighting and everything else necessary by day and night for the protection
against theft of goods, materials, plant, etc., from the Site to whomsoever belonging.
4.4.3
watching and lighting and everything else necessary by day and night for the protection
against damage of the Works.
4.4.4
Protection Against Trespass
The Contractor shall take all necessary and practicable precautions to prevent trespass onto
the Site whether it is intentional or unintentional.
4.4.5
Watchmen
The Contractor shall provide watchmen at the Site at all times outside of normal working
hours.
4.5
HOARDING
4.5.1
Temporary Site Hoarding
The Contractor shall only provide the temporary site hoarding described in this Clause where
it is stated as a requirement in the Project Documentation.
The site hoarding shall be painted corrugated galvanised sheet or similar, not less than 2
metres high and neat and uniform in appearance. The colour and any logos on the hoarding
shall be to the approval of the Engineer. The hoarding shall be a sufficient obstacle to
prevent the access of unauthorised persons or children and shall be complete with all
necessary entrance gates, fans, screens, guard rails and gantries as may be required to
ensure the safety of the public, occupiers of adjacent lands and of the Works.
The Contractor shall maintain, move and adapt the hoarding as and when required during the
progress of the Works and shall dismantle and remove upon completion of the Works.
AM
TC
4.4.2
END OF PART
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
05: Interference
Page 1
INTERFERENCE ........................................................................................... 2
5.1
5.1.1
GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 2
Scope
2
5.2
5.2.1
5.2.2
5.2.3
5.2.4
INTERFERENCE ........................................................................................... 2
Land Interests
2
Existing Properties
2
Existing Roads
2
Apparatus
3
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
05: Interference
Page 2
INTERFERENCE
5.1
GENERAL
5.1.1
Scope
This Part specifies the requirements associated with interference with land interests, existing
properties, existing roads and apparatus.

This Section
Part 15
Temporary Controls
INTERFERENCE
5.2.1
Land Interests
The Contractor shall confine his construction operations within the Site, or such other area of
land as may be negotiated, and shall instruct his employees not to trespass.
Subject to any unavoidable disturbance which may be necessitated by the execution of the
Works, the Contractor shall not interfere with land use which may be enjoyed on or near the
Site.
.The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of his intention to utilise any land outside
the site and obtain the written approval of the Engineer before approaching any landowner for
use of their land.
Before exercising any right negotiated by him in connection with using land outside the site,
the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of such arrangements. The details of the
arrangements shall include drawing and description of the land to be used, purpose of its use
and duration of the Contractor use of the land.
5.2.2
Existing Properties
.The Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Engineer before interfering with access to
any property, and shall also obtain the approval of the Engineer to any alternative access
arrangements.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the relevant owners and occupiers in writing
fourteen(14)days in advance of any such interference and shall confirm to the Engineer that
the alternative arrangements have been agreed with the relevant owners and occupiers.
5.2.3
Existing Roads
The Contractor shall take all reasonable steps to prevent vehicles entering and leaving the
Site depositing mud or other debris on the surface of adjacent roads or footways, and shall
remove any materials so deposited.
The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to public or private roads or streets
arising out of or by reason of the execution of the Works.
AM
TC
5.2
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
05: Interference
Page 3
The Contractor shall not permit tracked vehicles to travel along permanent or temporary
roads without the use of timber mats or other approved precautions to prevent damage.
The Contractors shall be held responsible for any damage caused by him, Contractors
Employees, sub-contractors or suppliers to public or private roads, paved areas, paths
verges, trees, shrubs, fences, boundary walls, gates, signs, drains and buildings, ducts, and
services arising out of or by reason of the execution of the Works and shall bear cost of
making good any damage to the entire satisfaction of the local , other authorities and owners.
The Contractor shall keep all private roads and paths clean and free from dirt and debris and
any obstruction associated with the Works, which would prejudice the safe and unimpeded
normal use of the said roads and paths.
5.2.4
Apparatus
The Contractor shall not obstruct access to any manhole or other surface access cover.
AM
TC
END OF PART
QCS 2014
Page 1
TC
PROJECT MEETINGS .................................................................................. 2

GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 2
Scope
2
PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING ................................................................ 2
General
2
Topics for Discussion
2
PROGRESS MEETINGS ............................................................................... 4
General
4
4
PRE-START UP MEETING ........................................................................... 5
General
5
5
POST-CONSTRUCTION MEETING .............................................................. 5
General
5
5
RECORD OF MEETINGS .............................................................................. 6
Minutes of Meeting
6
AM
6
6.1
6.1.1
6.2
6.2.1
6.2.2
6.3
6.3.1
6.3.2
6.4
6.4.1
6.4.2
6.5
6.5.1
6.5.2
6.6
6.6.1
Section 01: General

Part
06: Project Meetings
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 2
PROJECT MEETINGS
6.1
GENERAL
6.1.1
Scope
This Part specifies the meetings that will take place before, during and after the construction
of the Works.
6.2
PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING
6.2.1
General
A pre-construction meeting shall be held at the Site. The Engineer shall set the date and time
of the meeting and shall notify the Contractor accordingly.
The Owner, the Engineer and the Contractor and their respective representatives shall attend
this meeting.
The Engineer shall provide the agenda a minimum of three (3) working days prior to the
meeting.
6.2.2
Contractual topics of discussion will include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:
AM
TC
(a)
Date of signing Contract Agreement.
(b)
Contract sum.
(c)
Starting instructions.
(d)
Commencing date.
(e)
Contract Period.
(f)
Maintenance period.
(g)
Penalties.
Contractors Obligation topics of discussion will include, but not necessarily be limited to, the
following:
(a)
Performance Bond.
(b)
Programme of Works.
(c)
Insurance.
Site related topics of discussion will include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:
(a)
Possession of the site.
(b)
Access to other contractors.
(c)
Engineers site facilities.
(d)
Contractors site facilities.
QCS 2014
Traffic diversions.
(f)
Maintenance of existing accesss.
(g)
Over head and underground services.
(h)
Sub-contractors and suppliers.
(i)
Approved tip off site.
(j)
Project sign boards.
(k)
Progress photographs.
(l)
Health and Safety.
(m)
Quality assurance.
(n)
Environmental Considerations.
(o)
Site personnel.
(p)
Site inspections.
(q)
Materials on site and material testing.
(r)
Engineers overtime.
(s)
Working hours (Fridays/holidays/overtime working).
(t)
Co-ordination.
TC
(e)
Page 3
Drawing and communication topics of discussion will include, but not necessarily be limited
to, the following:
AM
Section 01: General

Part
(a)
Project correspondence.
(b)
(c)
Daily reports.
(d)
Weekly reports.
(e)
Monthly reports.
(f)
Method statements.
(g)
Progress meetings.
(h)
Material approvals.
(i)
Submittals.
Miscellaneous topics of discussion will include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:
(a)
Phased completion dates.
(b)
Short term programme.
(c)
Variations.
(d)
Any other business.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 4
6.3
PROGRESS MEETINGS
6.3.1
General
Progress meetings shall be held once a month. Where possible and practicable, progress
meetings shall be held at the same time, day of the month and location.
The Engineer shall prepare the agenda and submit it to the Contractor a minimum of three
(3) working days prior to the meeting.
Progress Meetings shall be attended by the Engineer and his representatives and the
Contractor and his representatives. Sub-contractors may attend when involved in the matters
to be discussed or resolved but only when requested by the Engineer. In addition to the
attendees named herewith, the meeting shall be attended by representatives of utility owners,
Government departments and authorities and any other regulatory agencies having
jurisdiction over the Project, if required, and such other persons the Engineer may designate.
The time and location of the progress meetings shall be as directed by the Engineer. The
Engineer shall chair the meetings.
The Contractor shall submit the information itemised below to the Engineer at least three (3)
working days prior to each progress meeting:
A list of completed activities.
(b)
A list of current activities with an estimate of time required for completion.
(c)
A list of changes to planned starting dates and durations for all outstanding activities.
(d)
Percentage completion for each current activity.
(e)
A list of activities planned to start in the next period.
(f)
Health, Safety, Environmental and Quality Data and issues.
(g)
Any other information required by the Engineers Representative.
AM
TC
(a)
If the Contractor requires additional Progress Meetings he shall submit his request in writing
to the Engineer. For any such additional meeting:
(a)
The Contractor shall provide a proposed agenda for the meeting.
(b)
The Contractor shall provide the names of all personnel who are required to attend.
(c)
The Engineer shall chair these meetings.
6.3.2
Topics of discussion will include but not necessarily be limited to the following:
(a)
Actual start and finish dates for activities completed during the update period.
(b)
Remaining durations and percentage completion for all activities not completed.
(c)
Logic, activity duration and cost data for Variation Order work that will be
incorporated into the construction schedule.
QCS 2014
(d)
Section 01: General

Part
Page 5
Contractors proposed measures to recover lost time and place the Project back on
schedule by increasing manpower, materials and equipment resources and working
extended hours, additional shifts, etc.
6.4
PRE-START UP MEETING
6.4.1
General
A pre-start up meeting is required prior to starting up any major plant component, sub-system
or system.
Pre-start up meetings shall be attended by the Engineer and his representatives and the
Contractor and his representatives. If necessary, equipment manufacturers and/or suppliers
shall also attend.
The agenda for the meeting shall be provided by the Engineer a minimum of three (3)
working days prior to the meeting.
6.4.2
Topics for discussion will include but not necessarily be limited to the following:
Start-up and validation prerequisites.
(b)
Start-up plan and schedule.
(c)
Temporary connections.
(d)
Spare parts, chemicals, and operating fluids.
(e)
Health, Safety, Environmental and Quality Considerations.
(f)
Other items deemed necessary by the Engineer.
AM
TC
(a)
6.5
POST-CONSTRUCTION MEETING
6.5.1
General
A post construction meeting shall be held prior to final inspection of the Work.
Post-construction meetings shall be attended by the Engineer, the Contractor and their
respective representatives.
The Agenda for the meeting shall be provided by the Engineer a minimum of three (3)
working days prior to the meeting.
6.5.2
Topics for discussion will include but not necessarily be limited to the following:
(a)
Discuss and resolve all unsettled matters.
(b)
Guarantees and insurance.
(c)
Schedules and procedures for final inspection process.
(d)
Correction of defects and deficiencies.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
(e)
Documents required to be submitted by the Contractor.
(f)
Other items deemed necessary by the Engineer.
Page 6
6.6
RECORD OF MEETINGS
6.6.1
Minutes of Meeting
The Engineer will record minutes of each meeting.
A copy of the minutes shall be furnished to the Contractor within four (4) working days.
If the Contractor has any objections to the minutes he shall submit them in writing to the
Engineer not more than two (2) days after they are presented to him. In the absence of any
objection, it shall be understood and agreed that the Contractor accepts the minutes as true
and complete record of the meeting.
AM
TC
END OF PART
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
07: Submittals
Page 1
SUBMITTALS .......................................................................................................... 3
7.1
7.1.1
7.1.2
GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 3
Scope
3
Mistakes in Information
3
7.2
7.2.1
7.2.2
7.2.3
7.2.4
7.2.5
7.2.6
7.2.7
DEFINITIONS/INTERPRETATION .......................................................................... 3
Product Data and Shop Drawings
3
As-Built Survey Drawings
3
As-Built Record Drawings
4
Manufacturers Representative
4
Temporary Works Drawings
4
Samples
4
Manuals
4
7.3
7.3.1
7.3.2
7.3.3
7.3.4
7.3.5
7.3.6
7.3.7
7.3.8
7.3.9
7.3.10
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES .................................................................................. 4

General
4
Schedule of Submittals
5
Method of Submittal
5
Contractor's Review and Approval
5
Corrections and Re-submission
5
Check of Returned Submittals
6
Review and Approval
6
Incomplete Submittals
6
Conformance
6
Interrelated Submittals
6
7.4
7.4.1
PROGRAMME ......................................................................................................... 7
Programme of Works
7
7.5
7.5.1
7.5.2
7.5.3
ORGANIZATION CHARTS ...................................................................................... 8

Staff Organisation Chart
8
Health and Safety Organisation Chart
8
Quality Organisation Plan
8
7.6
7.6.1
7.6.2
7.6.3
PLANS..................................................................................................................... 9
Health and Safety Plan
9
Quality Assurance Plan
9
Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) Schedule
9
7.7
7.7.1
SITE DIARY ............................................................................................................ 9

General
9
7.8
7.8.1
7.8.2
7.8.3
REPORTS ............................................................................................................. 10
General
10
Procurement Status Reports
10
Progress Report
10
7.9
7.9.1
7.9.2
7.9.3
PHOTOGRAPHS ................................................................................................... 10
General
10
Pre-Construction Photographs
11
Monthly Photographs
11
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
07: Submittals
Page 2
DRAWINGS........................................................................................................... 12
Working Drawings and Shop Drawings
12
12
12
Data Delivery
13
7.11
7.11.1
7.11.2
7.11.3
7.11.4
7.11.5
MATERIALS APPROVALS .................................................................................... 15

General
15
List of Materials
15
Samples
15
Certificates
16
Manufacturers Guarantees and Warranties
16
7.12
7.12.1
7.12.2
INSTRUCTION MANUALS .................................................................................... 16

Final Dossier
16
Structure of Operation & Maintenance (O&M) Manual
17
7.13
7.13.1
SURVEY AND LAYOUT DETAILS ........................................................................ 19

Setting-out of the Works
19
7.14
7.14.1
METHOD STATEMENTS ...................................................................................... 19

General
19
7.15
7.15.1
7.15.2
APPLICATIONS AND INVOICES FOR COMPLETED WORKS ............................ 19

General
19
Measurement of Quantities
19
AM
TC
7.10
7.10.1
7.10.2
7.10.3
7.10.4
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
07: Submittals
Page 3
SUBMITTALS
7.1
GENERAL
7.1.1
Scope
This Part specifies the general procedures and requirements for submittals.
Related Parts and Sections are as follows:

This Section
Part 9
Part 10
Part 13
Materials
Section 2
Section 11
Quality Assurance and Quality Control

Health and Safety
Mistakes in Information
The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay the extra cost, if any, occasioned by
any discrepancies, errors, or omissions in submittals supplied by him, whether they have
been approved by the Engineer or not.
7.2
DEFINITIONS/INTERPRETATION
7.2.1
Product Data and Shop Drawings
Product Data and Shop Drawings include drawings, diagrams, illustrations, brochures,
schedules, bills of materials and other data prepared specifically for the Works.
The information may be prepared by the Contractor, his sub-contractors, suppliers or

distributors, manufacturers or fabricators.
The information must illustrate or describe the manufacture, fabrication, construction and
installation of the Works or a portion thereof.
7.2.2
As-Built Surveys are topographical surveys that show changes to topography as a result of
the construction of the Works. Changes to topography include the construction of new
structures and roads, demolition of existing structures and roads and the like. The As-Built
Survey Drawings shall form a comprehensive record of the topographical changes resulting
from the construction of the Works in all respects.
As-Built Surveys shall also show all sub-surface elements of the Works. Sub-surface
elements include pipelines, ducts, cables, chambers, manholes and the like. The As-Built
Survey Drawings shall form a comprehensive record of the sub-surface elements of the
Works as constructed in all respects.
AM
TC
7.1.2
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
07: Submittals
Page 4
As-Built Record Drawings are drawings that show the Works as constructed in all respects.
They are in addition to the elements of the Works shown on the As-Built Survey Drawings.
In addition to the above, the As-Built record drawings shall include all finished horizontal and
vertical alignments, chainage, setting out, levels, and details. It shall also include all
underground services, utilities, surface features, and any additional information deemed
necessary to comprehensively represent the works.
7.2.4
Manufacturers Representative
Manufacturers representatives are persons actively working at the manufacturers factory

with a minimum of 5 years experience. They should be familiar with the actual process of
manufacturing, installing, and operating the product they represent.
Sales representatives or agents are not an acceptable alternative to manufacturers

representatives.
7.2.5
Temporary Works Drawings
Temporary Works Drawings are plans for temporary structures and facilities prepared by the
Contractor specifically for the Works.
Elements of work that may affect the safety of persons or property shall be checked and
certified by an approved safety inspector.
Calculations demonstrating adequacy of Contractors design shall be submitted with the

Temporary Works Drawings.
7.2.6
Samples
Samples are physical examples illustrating materials, equipment, or workmanship and shall
be used to establish standards by which the work will be judged.
7.2.7
Manuals
Manuals are manufacturers written installation, start-up, operating, maintenance and repair
instructions. They shall include parts lists, pictures, sketches and diagrams specific to the
equipment supplied.
7.3
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
7.3.1
General
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for his review and approval all drawings and data
as called for in the Project Documentation, this part or subsequently covered by variations.
Submittals and their contents shall be properly prepared, identified, and transmitted in
accordance with the Project Documentation or as the Engineer may otherwise direct. Where
possible and practicable, the Contractor shall present submittals on A4 size paper.
AM
TC
7.2.3
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
07: Submittals
Page 5
All submittals shall be in triplicate and electronic format unless otherwise specified in the
7.3.2
Schedule of Submittals
The Contractor shall prepare and submit a list of all submittals, required by the Contract or
otherwise, showing the forecast date for submission of each item within thirty (30) days of the
start of the Contract.
Drawings and data shall be submitted to meet the time schedules stipulated in the Project
Documentation and where such time schedules are not specified, to meet the requirements
of the approved programme. Unless specified otherwise, the Contractor shall allow not less
than thirty (30) days for the review of submittals by the Engineer (excluding the time
necessary for delivery or postage) and shall cause no delay in the work or the work of any
other Contractor.
Extension of time will not be granted because of the Contractor's failure to make timely and
correctly prepared and presented submittals with allowance for the checking and review
periods.
7.3.3
Method of Submittal
The Contractor shall deliver submittals by means of dated, signed, and sequence numbered
transmittals. The transmittal shall be on the Contractor's letterhead and shall fully describe
the submittal contents. Submittals are not acceptable directly from sub-contractors,
suppliers, or manufacturers.
In each transmittal the Contractor shall state the Drawing numbers and Specification
Sections, Parts, and Paragraphs to which the submittal pertains. Accompanying data sheets,
catalogues and brochures shall be identified in the same manner. Where several types or
models are included in a single data sheet, catalogue or brochure, the Contractor shall delete
non-applicable portions or specifically indicate which portions are intended and applicable.
7.3.4
Contractor's Review and Approval
Every submittal shall bear the Contractor's review and approval stamp certifying that the
Contractor has:
AM
TC
(a)
Reviewed, checked, and approved the submittal.
(b)
Co-ordinated the contents with the requirements of the Works, the Project
Documentation and any related work.
(c)
Determined and verified all quantities, field measurements, field construction criteria,
materials, equipment, catalogue numbers, and similar data.
7.3.5
Corrections and Re-submission
The Contractor shall make all required corrections and shall resubmit corrected submittals
until approved.
The Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections
called for on previous submittals.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
07: Submittals
Page 6
The Contractor shall identify each re-submission with the sequential number of the original
submittal followed by consecutive letters starting with "A" for first re-submission "B" for
second re-submission etc.
7.3.6
Check of Returned Submittals
The Contractor shall check submittals returned to him for correction and ascertain if the
corrections result in extra cost to him above that included and allowed for under the Project
Documentation and the Contract. The Contractor shall give written notice to the Engineer
within five (5) days if, in his opinion, such extra cost results from corrections.
By failing to so notify the Engineer or by starting any Work covered by a submittal, the
Contractor waives all claims for extra costs resulting from required corrections.
7.3.7
Review and Approval
Submittals will be reviewed only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and
with information given in the Project Documentation. The approval of a separate item as
such shall not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions.
The approval of submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any deviation
from the requirements of the Project Documentation unless otherwise agreed with, and
confirmed in writing by, the Engineer.
Any approval from the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or
omissions in the submittals.
7.3.8
Incomplete Submittals
Submittals which are incomplete, including those not correctly transmitted, not correctly titled
and identified, or not bearing the Contractor's review and approval stamp, may be returned to
the Contractor without review.
7.3.9
Conformance
Work shall conform to the approved submittals and all other requirements of the Project
Documentation and the Contract unless subsequently revised by an appropriate variation
order, in which case the Contractor shall prepare and submit revised submittals as may be
required.
7.3.10
Interrelated Submittals
Except where the preparation of a submittal is dependent upon the approval of a prior
submittal, all submittals pertaining to the same portion of the Works shall be submitted
simultaneously.
The Contractor shall not proceed with any related work which may be affected by the work
covered under submittals until the applicable submittals have been approved.
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
07: Submittals
Page 7
7.4
PROGRAMME
7.4.1
Programme of Works
The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a Programme of Works in
accordance with Clause 14 of the General Conditions of Contract.
The Contractor shall update the Programme of Works as required during the construction of
the Works.
When instructed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a detailed
programme for a particular section of the Works. The detailed programme shall be an
elaboration of the overall programme and shall be in an appropriate form.
The Contractor shall incorporate the times of occupation of all sub-contractors in the
programme and shall make provisions for the access of other contractors as required by the
Engineer.
The Contractor shall submit a Programme of Works that shall include, but not be limited to
the following:
General description of the arrangements and methods proposed by the Contractor to

carry out the Works.
(b)
Detailed list of the Contractors resources (plant, equipment, vehicles, materials,

laboratory, workshop, professional personnel, specialists, labour, organization chart,
etc.) assigned to the Works.
(c)
Time schedule of the mobilisation and deployment of the required resources and their
estimated average production rates to complete the Contract within the time for
completion.
(d)
The Programme required under the General Conditions of Contract.
(e)
Cash-flow statement showing anticipated payments due under the Contract.
AM
TC
(a)
The Programme shall be a linked and resourced Gantt chart produced on approved project
programming software and shall show the following:
(a)
The order in which the Works are to be constructed.
(b)
Design periods (if applicable).
(c)
Submission and approval periods for design, Operations & Maintenance (O&M)
manuals, record drawings, etc.
(d)
Detailed activities for each task such as excavation, pipe laying, backfill, reinstatement,
etc.
(e)
Procurement, installation and commissioning periods for Mechanical, Electrical,

Instrumentation, Control and Automation (MEICA) works.
(f)
Power and other services connections.
(g)
Tests before and after (if applicable) completion.
The Contractor shall programme his work in accordance with the Contract and in such a way
that he shall not impede any other Contractor working on or adjacent to the Site.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
07: Submittals
Page 8
For sewerage works, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall
programme his works such that he commences at the downstream manholes and continues
upstream in a logical sequence.
The Programme of Work shall identify when access to areas of live plant are required and
when shutdowns are required.
10
Any Programme of Work submitted with the tender documents shall be fully updated before
the start of the Works.
11
The Engineer shall give his comments on the programme within 7 days of its submission.
The Contractor shall not commence the permanent works until the Engineer has approved
his Programme of Work.
12
The approval by the Engineer of the Programme of Work shall not relieve the Contractor of
any of his duties or responsibilities under the Contract.
13
The programme shall be submitted in electronic format and as a paper print. The paper print
may hide (roll up) activities for individual tasks in order to reduce the size and number of
prints required. The electronic version shall be fully detailed.
7.5
ORGANIZATION CHARTS
7.5.1
Staff Organisation Chart
The Contractor shall submit a Staff Organisation Chart for the Engineers approval within ten
(10) days of the start of the Contract.
The chart shall show the organisation of executive, administrative and supervisory personnel
associated with the Project and indicate the relationship between them where appropriate. It
shall include all personnel from Project Manager down to foreman level and give a full
description of their duties. The qualifications and experience of all personnel shown on the
chart shall be provided.
The Engineer may interview any of the personnel proposed by the Contractor prior to
approval.
The Contractor shall update the chart whenever key personnel are reassigned.
7.5.2
Health and Safety Organisation Chart
The Contractor shall submit a Health and Safety Organisation chart for Engineers approval
within Thirty (30) days of the start of the Contract.
The Chart shall be as detailed in Part 10 Occupational Health and Safety, of this section.
7.5.3
Quality Organisation Plan
The Contractor shall submit a Quality Organisation Plan to the Engineer for approval no later
than 30 days from the start of the contract.
The plan shall be as detailed in Section 2 Quality Assurance and Quality Control
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
07: Submittals
Page 9
PLANS
7.6.1
Health and Safety Plan
The Contractor shall submit his Health and Safety Plan to the Engineer for approval no later
than thirty (30) days of the start of the Contract.
The plan shall be as detailed in Part 10 Occupational Health and Safety, of this Section.
7.6.2
Quality Assurance Plan
The Contractor shall submit his Quality Assurance Plan to the Engineer for approval no later
than thirty (30) days of the start of the Contract.
The plan shall be as detailed in Section 2 Quality Assurance and Quality Control.
7.6.3
Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) Schedule
The Contractor shall submit his ITP Schedule to the Engineer for approval no later 30 days
from the start of the contract.
The plan shall be as detailed in Section 2 Quality Assurance and Quality Control.
7.7
SITE DIARY
7.7.1
General
A Site Diary shall be kept on site by the Contractor and entered daily for the duration of the
Contract. The diary must be entered neatly and legibly in English and should indicate all
visitors to the Site and the reason for the visit. The diary shall also record the following:
AM
TC
7.6
(a)
Labour on site by trade and its allocation.
(b)
Sub-contractors working on site.
(c)
Material and equipment delivered to site.
(d)
Material and equipment utilised.
(e)
Plant, equipment and tools brought on to or removed from site including hired plant.
(f)
Work progress during the day.
(g)
Verbal instructions requiring written confirmation.
(h)
Temperature and weather conditions.
(i)
Details of any occurrence which may affect the progress of the Works.
The Contractor shall also supply to the Engineer, weekly returns as to the number of men
and Construction Plant employed and the nature of the Works on which they were employed.
The diary shall become the property of the Engineer on completion of the Works
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
07: Submittals
Page 10
7.8
REPORTS
7.8.1
General
Where relevant, reports should be referenced to the Programme of Works.
The Contractor shall submit three copies of each report unless otherwise specified.
7.8.2
Procurement Status Reports
The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Procurement Status Report on a weekly basis for
the duration of the Contract. The report shall include the following:
(a)
A list of materials and items procured.
(b)
A list of items delivered to the site.
(c)
References to all correspondence and transmittals between the Contractor and the
Engineer regarding approval of such materials and items.
Progress Report
The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Progress Report on a monthly basis for the
duration of the Contract. The report shall be submitted to the Engineer before the seventh
day of each month. The report shall include the following:
TC
7.8.3
Labour employed on the Site divided into supervisory staff, tradesmen and others
giving daily totals.
(b)
Labour employed on the Site by sub-contractors divided into supervisory staff,

tradesmen and others giving daily totals.
(c)
Plant, tools and equipment in working order on the Site on each day.
(d)
Accidents to anyone working on the Site which required medical attention.
(e)
Details of monthly progress and status of the Works in general terms.
(f)
The date of commencement and completion of all critical activities.
(g)
Details of problem areas.
(h)
Details of current or anticipated causes of delay along with their estimated impact on
progress and the corrective measures taken or proposed.
(i)
Progress photographs.
AM
(a)
7.9
PHOTOGRAPHS
7.9.1
General
The Contractor shall obtain a photographic record of the execution of the Works by taking
photographs from various points as the Engineer shall specify from time to time. Any
photograph which is not clear and distinct, double exposed, over exposed, etc. shall be
retaken until approved by the Engineer at the Contractor's expense.
Photographs taken in connection with the Project shall not be utilised by the Contractor for
commercial advertisement either of his organisation or of any materials or equipment used
on the Works, without the written approval of the Engineer.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
07: Submittals
Page 11
The Contractor shall supply to the Engineer, two number photographic albums suitable for
mounting all site and progress photographs.
All photographic records shall consist of the required number of colour prints on photographic
paper and a digital copy
The Contractor shall provide six digital cameras and one digital video camera for the
exclusive use of the Engineer or his designated representative and supply software,
batteries, cables and USB flash drives or external hard drives as required. The Digital
camera shall have a minimum specification of 35-105 zoom, with a minimum of 16.0
megapixels for prints up to 2030, 8GB internal memory and video/audio facility. The
cameras shall be returned to the contractor at the end of the contract period.
7.9.2
Pre-Construction Photographs
.The Contractor shall arrange to obtain a photographic and video record of the site before the
start of the works to fully record the existing conditions of the site and other matters of
interest in connection with the works or their surroundings of the project, by taking
photographs and videos films from positions agreed with the engineer within 7 days of the
photographs /videos being taken. Any photograph/video which is not clear and distinct,
double exposed, over exposed, blurred, etc., shall be retaken until approved by the Engineer
at the contractors expense.
The number of photographs taken shall be sufficient to clearly indicate the condition of
existing conditions.
After approval, the Contractor shall supply two (2) prints, which shall be mounted and labelled
by the Contractor, and these shall then be signed and dated by the Contractor and the
Engineer. One set of prints shall be returned to the Contractor.
7.9.3
Monthly Photographs
.The Contractor shall obtain a photographic record of the execution of the works by taking
photographs from various points agreed with the Engineer at the commencement of the
works, and also as he may specify from time to time during the course of the works.
Photographs shall be taken at each of the specified points on a monthly basis until the
completion works. The number of photographs to be taken shall be as specified by the
Engineer. Any photograph which is not clear and distinct, double exposed, over exposed, etc.
shall be retaken until approved by the Engineer at the contractors expense. Two number
12590 mm prints of each photograph and a digital copy on CD shall be submitted to the
Engineer with 7 days of the photographs being taken. The Contractors shall also obtain
video records showing the progress of the works, at locations and times as specified by the
Engineer. The quality and length of the video shall be as specified by the Engineer and may
be required to record specialised events or other matters of interest in connection with the
works. The video shall include the actual audio recording taken at the time and it shall be in
sync with the visual recording. Any video which is not clear and distinct, double exposed, over
exposed, blurred, etc. shall be retaken until approved by the Engineer at the Contractors
expense. A digital copy of the video on CD shall be submitted to the Engineer within 7 days of
the recordings being taken.
.A selection of those photographs as agreed with the Engineer shall be included in the
monthly reports as described in clause 7.8.3 of this part complete with labels and any
pertinent support text.
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
07: Submittals
Page 12
DRAWINGS
7.10.1
Working Drawings and Shop Drawings
Each submitted drawing shall be complete with respect to dimensions, design criteria,
materials, connections, bases, foundations, anchors, and the like, and shall be accompanied
by technical and performance data and by calculations as necessary to support the
information shown on the drawings.
Unless otherwise specified, each submittal shall include six (6) sets of copies and shall be
submitted at least thirty (30) days prior to beginning the work to which the drawings are
related. Three sets of copies will be returned to the Contractor marked to show the required
corrections or approval.
7.10.2
The Contractor shall prepare As-Built Record Drawings and submit them to the Engineer for
approval. Upon approval, the Contractor shall submit a further four (4) copies of each AsBuilt Record Drawing to the Engineer. All As-Built Record Drawings shall be prepared on
clear white polyester film or other durable and easily reproducible medium approved by the
Engineer.
The Contractor shall also submit two digital copies of As-Built Record Drawings. The As-Built
Record Drawings shall be accompanied by operation and maintenance manuals, service
literature and list of spare parts where applicable.
The Contractor must prepare the As-Built drawings according to the latest specifications and
requirements of utility departments, including production and data delivery.
The Contractor may be required to obtain approvals from utility departments on the As-Built
drawings as a pre-requisite for the Engineers final approval.
As-Built Record Drawings and other documents shall be submitted before the expiry of the
period of maintenance named in the Contract. The final completion certificate will not be
issued, and therefore the final payment will not be released before the submission by the
Contractor, and approval by the Engineer of all drawings, documents, and records of the
project. One copy of each drawing and document shall be marked for archival storage.
No final payment shall be made until the As-Built Record Drawings are complete in all
respects and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any extra
payment or extension of time for the preparation of the As-Built Record Drawings.
7.10.3
The Contractor shall arrange for As-Built Survey Drawings to be prepared. The survey shall
be to the specification of the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Agriculture and shall be
undertaken by a survey company on the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Agricultures list of
approved survey companies.
Where a permanent feature has been added, changed or removed the Contractor shall
conduct a topographical survey engaging an approved survey company as described in item
1 of this Clause.
AM
TC
7.10
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
07: Submittals
Page 13
The Contractor shall submit one (1) set of As-Built survey Drawings to the Engineer for
approval. Upon approval, the Contractor shall submit a further four (4) sets to the Engineer.
All As-Built Survey Drawings shall be prepared on clear white polyester film or other durable
and easily reproducible medium approved by the Engineer.
Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documentation, the Contractor shall arrange for the
As-Built Survey Drawings to be prepared in digital (electronic) format. The digital format shall
be in accordance with requirements of the Centre for Geographic Information Systems
(CGIS). The Contractor shall also submit two digital copies of As-Built Survey Drawings. It is
the Contractors responsibility to ensure that the digital data compiled by the approved survey
company is comprehensive and complete. The Contractor shall at all times during
construction, maintain a comprehensive record of all setting-out details and data for
chainage, offsets, levels and all sub-surface elements, including pipe works, ducts, cables
and any other installation required under the Contract. These records shall be verified by the
Engineer. The records shall be incorporated into the As-Built survey undertaken by the
approved survey company to form a comprehensive and complete record of the works.
No final payment shall be made until the As-built Survey Drawings are complete in all
respects. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any extra payment or extension of time for
the preparation of the As-built Survey Drawings. As-Built Survey Drawings and other
documents shall be submitted before the expiry of the period of maintenance named in the
Contract. The final completion certificate will not be issued, and therefore the final payment
will not be released before the submission by the Contractor, and approval by the Engineer of
all drawings, documents, and records of the project. One copy of each drawing and
document shall be marked for archival storage.
7.10.4
Data Delivery
The mapping co-ordinate system for Public Works Authority projects (horizontal and vertical
control) is based on Qatar National Grid 1995. The following parameters shall be applied for
the digital data submittal.
AM
TC
(a)
The unit of measurement is the International Metre
(b)
Transverse Mercator projection, International (Hayford Spheroid)
(c)
Latitude of Origin
240 2700 North
(d)
Longitude of Origin
510 1300 East
(e)
False Easting
200,000
(f)
False Northing
300,000
(g)
Semi major Axis
6 378 388.000
(h)
Semi minor Axis
6 356 911.945
(i)
Scale factor at Central Meridian (51 13 E)
0.999 99
(j)
1/f
1/297
(k)
0.006 722 670
The digital data shall be submitted in the following formats:

(a)
DXF files for use in AutoCAD shall be ASCII text files or otherwise agreed with
Engineer. File names should have a maximum of eight characters plus the threecharacter extension (DXF).
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
07: Submittals
Page 14
(b)
DWG files for use in AutoCAD should have a maximum of eight characters plus the
three-character extension (DWG).
(c)
A digital terrain model, including break lines and contours shall also be supplied in a
recognised format: ASCII data files, SDR MAP File, MX GENIO file or as otherwise
agreed with the Engineer.
The scale used shall be one-to-one scale.
The precision shall be double precision.
Feature accuracy shall be at least 0.01 metres.
In addition to the following and other pertinent requirements, the Contractor shall obtain the
RD_CGIS LAYERING *.dxf convention files from the relevant department, and arrange it as
per item 8 hereunder or otherwise agreed with Engineer.
Each layer shall contain only one feature type. If necessary, text may be added to a separate
layer to explain the feature type. Colours and line type of features shall be specified by and
not individual entities or blocks. Features shall not be duplicated across layers. The
Contractor shall obtain from the Engineer the most current specification detailing colour and
line type conventions.
Features should not be represented with user defined symbols. The following representation
shall be applied.
TC
Polygons must comprise of lines to form closed areas where possible.
(b)
Line entities must be continuous, not a series of consecutive segments.
(c)
Arc must be continuous radius, not a series of consecutive segments.
(d)
Block entities are not allowed.
(e)
User defined symbols, fonts or line types must not be used on any layer.
AM
(a)
Layer names should be general descriptions of features (eg. Road centreline, kerb, walls,
bollards). A list of all layers and associated descriptions shall be provided in the submittal and
the list shall be stored in an ASCII text file called: layers.txt. Layer name should have up to
16 characters only and shall be restricted to letters and digits with the first character of the
name being a letter. Names shall not contain special characters such as: $, -. #. The
Contractor shall obtain from the Engineer the current specification detailing naming
conventions.
10
When the surface and other features are substantially in place, the contractor shall submit
the required *.dxf As-Built drawing files (for CGIS to execute the survey verification and
immediate update of CGIS Vector Database).
11
All information shall be supplied on CDs in the appropriate format.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
07: Submittals
Page 15
7.11
MATERIALS APPROVALS
7.11.1
General
Submittals shall be approved before the materials or equipment covered by the submittals
are shipped out in the case of foreign supplies and delivered to the Site in the case of local
supplies.
7.11.2
List of Materials
The Contractor shall prepare and submit a list of the materials to be used in the Construction
of the Works within thirty (30) days of the start of the Contract. The materials list shall be
neatly bound and shall have an index listing the contents.
The data for each item listed shall be explicit with regard to details of the actual items being
furnished and shall include sufficient information for the Engineer to determine that the
products submitted conform to the requirements of the Project Documentation. Such
information shall include but not be limited to:
Manufacturers name and address.
(b)
Trade or brand name.
(c)
Local supplier's name and address.
(d)
Catalogues, brochures and cuts, marked to indicate the items proposed the intended
use.
(e)
Terms and conditions of the manufacturer's guarantee and warranty.
(f)
Material inspection and testing agency.
(g)
Any other information to fully describe the item.
(h)
Supplementary information as may be required for approval.
AM
TC
(a)
Unless otherwise specified, five (5) bound copies of the materials list shall be submitted, two
(2) of which will be returned to the Contractor marked to show the required corrections or
approval.
7.11.3
Samples
Unless otherwise specified, each submittal shall include two sets of samples. One set of
approved samples and all disapproved samples will be returned to the Contractor.
Samples shall be taken in accordance with the provisions of relevant standards where
appropriate.
Unless otherwise specified, samples shall be labelled and properly identified with the
following:
(a)
Date.
(b)
Part of the Works for which offered.
(c)
Specification Section, Part and applicable Paragraph numbers.
(d)
Supplier/manufacturer.
(e)
Product identification (trade name).
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
07: Submittals
Page 16
Samples shall be accompanied by an approved transmittal form along with specifications and
other pertinent data required for the Engineer to determine that the material conforms to the
requirements of the Project Documentation.
If requested in writing by the Contractor, samples of value will be returned to the

Contractor after completion of the Work.
Approved samples returned to the Contractor may only be incorporated into the Works upon
written approval of the Engineer.
7.11.4
Certificates
When stated in the Project Documentation or requested by the Engineer in writing, the
Contractor shall submit manufacturers certificates indicating that test results, component
manufacture or installation complies with the requirements of the Project Documentation.
A statement from the Contractor, sub-contractor, equipment supplier, or agent indicating the
product installation complies with the requirements of the Project Documentation shall not be
considered as a certificate.
7.11.5
Manufacturers Guarantees and Warranties
Manufacturers Guarantees and Warrantees shall be submitted prior to handover and final
acceptance.
7.12
INSTRUCTION MANUALS
7.12.1
Final Dossier
The contractor shall submit final dossiers covering all civil, mechanical, electrical activities
and machinery installed in the work.
Contractor shall submit index of final dossiers to engineer for approval. This index shall be
included with the below points but not limited to:
(a)
(b)
AM
TC
Engineering Documents (detailed as below, but not limited to):

(i)
Philosophy.
(ii)
Latest revision of the project specifications.
(iii)
Geotechnical investigation reports (profile, survey, etc.).
(iv)
Technical approvals.
Quality Records:
(i)
Construction inspection records as per QC Plan(s) or ITP(s).
(ii)
Authorised certifications (i.e. lifting equipment, lab records, etc.).
(iii)
Calibration test certificates.
(iv)
Process and/or personal qualification records.
(v)
Non conformities reports.
QCS 2014
(c)
Section 01: General

Part
07: Submittals
Page 17
Operation & Maintenance Manuals (soft and hard copy):

(i)
Guarantees & warrantees.
(ii)
List of equipment (brand name, type, model, range and serial numbers).
(iii)
Original catalogues.
(iv)
Manufacturers final documents and certifications.
(v)
Manufacturers operation & maintenance guidelines.
(vi)
Circuit drawings of brought out electrical equipment i.e. panel, generator, fire
alarm system etc.
(vii)
Part lists and equipment drawings.
(viii)
Spare part lists (for regular and overhauling maintenance separately and easy to
use).
(d)
Health, Safety & Environment (HSE) - Documents & Records
(e)
Training
(g)
(h)
Orientation plan.
(ii)
Training material.
(iii)
Training records.
TC
As-Built Drawings (soft and hard copy):

(i)
List of As-Built drawing including revisions which are to be divided unit wise
and/or discipline wise.
(ii)
As-Built drawings.
AM
(f)
(i)
Project Commissioning & Handover Records:

(i)
Commissioning plan.
(ii)
Commissioning records & certificates.
(iii)
Handing over records including closed snag lists.
Photographs
7.12.2
Structure of Operation & Maintenance (O&M) Manual
This specification defines the production of installation, operation and maintenance manuals
and similar documents so that they provide information about plant and processes in a
consistent and informative way that shall make the documents easy to use. Manuals shall be
presented electronically and on paper. Documents from an electronic source shall, when
printed, conform to the requirements for documents presented on paper.
General Requirements:
(a)
The plant operating manuals shall contain information relevant to the operation of the
plant installed. This information shall include descriptions of the plant together with
operating instructions and maintenance requirements.
(b)
The content shall be suitable for plant operators who are experienced in the operation
of similar equipment and have a basic technical knowledge. The descriptions shall be
clear and concise. Illustrations and schematics shall be used where necessary
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
07: Submittals
Page 18
(c)
Manuals shall be produced using word processor for text and CAD for drawings.
(d)
Text produced by the contractor/consultant describing the specific operation and/or

maintenance of an asset, which is contained within an operations manual, shall be
generated via a word processor and supplied to the Owner in Adobe Acrobat format or
otherwise agreed with Engineer.
(e)
Technical manuals when provided on paper shall be contained in A4 size, 4-ring, and
durable, hard-backed, white standard PVC covered binders, strong enough to last the
expected life duration of the plant.
(f)
The manual shall be provided in several volumes as appropriate to the size and
complexity of the plant. Each of the volumes shall not be greater than 38mm thick
when printed.
(g)
The covers shall have a clear PVC pocket on the front and on the spine for top entry
insertion of a white title card on which shall be printed the following information:
Owner.
(ii)
Name of location.
(iii)
Title of manual (name of the plant).
(iv)
Description of manual.
(v)
Volume of manual in the series.
(vi)
Reference/sequence number of the manual.
(vii)
Content of the volume.
(viii)
Contract reference number.
(ix)
Full name, address, telephone number and fax numbers of the supplier.
(x)
Name of author or editor of the manual.
AM
TC
(i)
Writing Operating Instructions

(a)
All operations instructions shall use plain English language to reduce reader
difficulties. Statements shall be simple and short for easy comprehension; equipment
locations shall be clearly stated.
(b)
It may be valuable to begin the instructions with:

(i)
A condition:
(ii)
If the pressure drops more than 5 bars, raise the
(iii)
A time phrase/clause:
(iv)
When the meter displays Y, close the
(v)
A location phrase/clause:
(vi)
In the control room, turn
(vii)
A specification of tool or piece of equipment:
(viii)
Using a screwdriver, remove
(ix)
A sitting phrase/clause:
(x)
At instruments a, switch
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
07: Submittals
Page 19
Page and Sheet Layout

(a)
Text sheets shall be A4 size (portrait) having 4 No. punched holes and A3 size
drawings (landscape), folded twice with title in bottom right hand corner.
(b)
Full size drawings in plastic wallet placed at rear.
(c)
The bottom of each page shall define the manual reference number, issue number
with date (month/year) and page number.
(d)
The issue number commences at 1' on initial printing and shall be raised each time
the page is altered in any way.
(e)
Each page within a volume shall be numbered in sequence, including illustrations

pages, starting at the first page of the contents list.
SURVEY AND LAYOUT DETAILS
7.13.1
Submittals associated with setting-out of the Works shall comply with the relevant provisions
of Part 13 of this Section, Setting out of the Works.
7.14
METHOD STATEMENTS
7.14.1
General
There is a legal requirement for Contractor including employers and self employed to develop
and submit for comments to the Engineer suitable and sufficient written method of work
(commonly known as method statement) for his work activities.
The above is also to be completed as and when instructed by the Engineer for any identified
work activity and submitted as per the timescales to be specified by the Engineer.
The legal requirement is in the Regulatory Document Section 11 Part 1 in particular section
1.1.7 (Risk Assessments and Method Statement).
Guidance on compliance with the requirement in regards to method statement is found in

Section 11 Part 2 in particular section 2.4 (Risk Assessment and Method Statement)
7.15
APPLICATIONS AND INVOICES FOR COMPLETED WORKS
7.15.1
General
Applications and invoices for completed Works shall be submitted in accordance with the
Conditions of Contract.
7.15.2
Measurement of Quantities
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with all assistance, as and when required for the
measurement of all quantities. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preparation and
duplication of all calculations, cross-sections and other drawings related to quantities in
interim payments. These shall be submitted in draft to the Engineer in sufficient time to
enable him to check and agree them before submission for payments.
AM
TC
7.13
END OF PART
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
08: Building Demolition
Page 1
BUILDING DEMOLITION......................................................................................... 2
8.1
8.1.1
8.1.2
8.1.3
8.1.4
8.1.5
8.1.6
8.1.7
8.1.8
GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 2
Scope
2
References
2
Definitions
2
Records
3
Materials Arising
3
Safety
3
Use Of Explosive
4
Special Investigations
5
8.2
8.2.1
8.2.2
8.2.3
8.2.4
8.2.5
8.2.6
8.2.7
8.2.8
BUILDING DEMOLITION......................................................................................... 5
Scope
5
References
5
General Requirements
6
Standard Demolition
6
Utility Services
8
Special Demolition
8
Selective Demolition
9
Temporary Work
9
8.3
8.3.1
8.3.2
8.3.3
8.3.4
8.3.5
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ................................................................................... 10

Scope
10
Relevant Authorities
10
Method Statement
10
Special Precautions
11
Disposal
12
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 2
BUILDING DEMOLITION
8.1
GENERAL
8.1.1
Scope
This Section specifies the requirements for demolition work, disposal of materials arising
from demolition work, and procedures for dealing with hazardous materials encountered
during demolition work.
Related Sections are as follows:

Section 1
Section 6
Section 12
Section 28
General
Roadworks
Earthworks Related to Buildings
Landscaping
8.1.2
References
The following standards are referred to in this Section:
TC
BS 5607 .....................Safe use of explosives in the construction industry
AM
BS 6657 .....................Guide to prevention of inadvertent initiation of electro-explosive

devices by radio-frequency radiation.
8.1.3
Definitions
Demolition
Work done to dismantle or take apart and remove an existing

building or facility.
Hazardous Materials
General term to encompass any and all materials which have

been contaminated by substances which are dangerous or
potentially dangerous to the public. It is inclusive of materials
which if not properly contained could continue to spread and
contaminate soil, ground water or become airborne.
Materials Arising
Any parts or portions of building materials or accessories

which are removed or salvaged once the demolition process
begins.
Method Statement
The defined method or process to be followed for demolition

of a specific project.
Typically refers to demolition work done to only parts of

buildings or facilities for retrofit for renovation type work.
Unsafe, unstable
In reference to this Section, this is interpreted to mean a

building or structure or condition which is dangerous to the
safety of the public.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
8.1.4
Records
Documentation
Page 3
(a)
All available plans of the structure to be demolished are to be examined and where
the nature of the construction is uncertain a special investigation is to be carried out as
agreed with the Engineer.
(b)
Adjacent buildings or structures will be inspected and their existing interior and
exterior condition shall be documented prior to and after demolition in writing or
photographs or both.
8.1.5
Materials Arising
General Requirement
All materials arising from the demolitions are to become the property of the Contractor
unless otherwise specified in the Project Documentation.
(b)
Materials arising shall be cleared from the site as the work proceeds in an approved
manner.
(c)
Materials arising from the demolitions and alterations are not to be burnt on site.
(d)
Removal operations for materials arising should be conducted with the least
interference to the public and not be started until approved by the Engineer. The
Engineer has the right to reject off-site disposal plans if disposal would leave an
unsightly condition anywhere.
8.1.6
Safety
Safety Requirements
AM
TC
(a)
(a)
The Contractor is to provide safeguards, including warning signs, barricades,

temporary fences as required for the protection of the public and Site personnel during
demolition and removal operations. The safeguards are to be maintained until
demolition and removal operations are complete.
(b)
Within populated or trafficked areas and when adjacent to other structures the
Contractor is to provide enclosed rubbish chutes from each floor to carry debris into
disposal trucks/skips. Overhead bridges of tight board or prefabricated metal
construction to be provided at rubbish chutes to protect persons and property from
falling debris.
(c)
The Contractor shall conduct his operations in a manner that minimises the spread of
flying particles and dust. Rubbish and debris shall to be sprinkled with water to keep
dust to a minimum.
(d)
In addition, the following safety rules shall be observed in the performance of the
work:
(i)
No wall or part of wall shall be permitted to fall outwardly from structures.
(ii)
If the building is to be demolished storey by storey, at least one stairway in each

structure shall be maintained in usable condition to highest remaining floor.
(iii)
Stairways are to be kept free of obstructions and debris until that level of
structure has been removed.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
(iv)
Wherever a cutting torch or other equipment that might cause a fire is used,
provide and maintain fire extinguishers nearby ready for immediate use; all
possible users are to be instructed in use of fire extinguishers.
(v)
Hydrants are to be accessible at all time; no debris is to be permitted to

accumulate within a radius of 4 metres of fire hydrants.
(e)
The Contractor will at all times comply with the requirements of the Civil Defence
Department.
(f)
In the case of structures that are to be partly demolished, the condition of those parts
of the structure that are to be retained shall be checked for safety and stability before
any demolition work begins. Similarly, the condition of adjoining properties which may
be affected by the demolition shall be checked for safety and stability before any
demolition work begins.
(g)
Independently supported platforms are to be provided to avoid working form that part
of the structure being demolished.
(h)
Isolated walls should not be left unshored unless they are structurally stable against
wind and other forces likely to affect them.
Use Of Explosive
General Description
TC
8.1.7
Page 4
When the use of explosives is necessary for the carrying out of the work, the
Contractor is to exercise the utmost care not to endanger life or property. The
Contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting from the use of explosive.
(b)
All explosives are to be stored in a secure manner in compliance with all the
requirements of the Police, Civil Defence Department and the manufacturer of the
explosive. All such storage places are to be clearly marked, DANGEROUS EXPLOSIVES, in English and Arabic and shall be in the care of a competent
watchman.
(c)
Explosives will not be stored closer than 300 metres from any road, building, camping
area or place of human occupancy.
AM
(a)
Procedures
(a)
The Contractor is to notify each public utility department having structures in proximity
to the Site of his intention to use explosive. Such notice shall be given sufficiently in
advance in order to enable the said authorities to take such steps as they may deem
necessary to protect their property from damage.
(b)
The written consent of the Engineer is to be obtained for each proposal of the
Contractor to use explosives.
(c)
Where blasting is proposed adjacent to a building or other structure, existing or under

construction, the Contractor will satisfy the Engineer that safe values of vibrational
amplitude and peak particle velocity will not be exceeded.
(d)
The Contractor is to comply with the provisions of BS 6657 in respect of the use of
electrical detonators in the vicinity of static and mobile radio transmitters, including
normal radio and television broadcasting stations and radar units associated with
aircraft movements.
QCS 2014
(e)
Section 01: General

Part
Page 5
The handling, transport and use of explosives will be in accordance with the relevant
provisions of BS 5607. Explosives are to be used in the quantities and manner
recommended by the manufacturers.
8.1.8
Special Investigations
General Description
(a)
The Contractor is to ascertain from the responsible authority whether any mains or
services need to be redirected or cut-off. The Contractor shall conform to any
procedures prescribed by the relevant authority and the Engineer.
(b)
Notwithstanding any information supplied by the Engineer, the Contractor is to take all
necessary steps to establish the presence of any stressed components, supporting
walls and the like in the structures to be demolished.
(c)
Where special circumstances such as unknown soil conditions exist (which could
reveal hazardous material) or where the structural components of the building support
system are unknown, additional investigations as necessary will be performed. The
cost of such investigations shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise stated in
the Project Documentation.
BUILDING DEMOLITION
8.2.1
Scope
This Part specifies procedures and requirements for demolition and removal of buildings,
structures and related service utilities. The scope of demolition or renovation work is
specified for three categories of demolition:
AM
TC
8.2
(a)
Standard Demolition - typical type demolition work
(b)
Special Demolition
(c)
Selective Demolition - demolition required for alteration or expansion type work
- demolition of partially collapsed or unsafe structures

This Section
Part 1 General
Part 3
Hazardous Materials
Section 1
General
Section 12
Section 28
Landscaping
8.2.2
References
The following standards are referred to in this Part:

BS 5607 .....................Safe use of explosives in the construction industry
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 6
Unless otherwise indicated in the Project Documentation or directed by the Engineer, the
Contractor is to complete the demolition and removal of buildings and structures together
with all foundations and retaining walls, piers, partitions and columns, and associated service
utilities.
The demolition is to be carried out in a planned and safe sequence, generally in reverse
order of erection, reducing the shell of the building in small lifts.
The Contractor is responsible for the removal and disposal of all debris resulting from
demolition work.
Upon hand over of the Site to the Contractor, the Contractor is to take over all responsibility
of the buildings to be demolished.
The Contractor is to inspect each building he is to remove and determine for himself the
work involved and the equipment and the materials required for the specified demolition
work.
The Contractor shall at his own expense, make good any damage done to other property
during demolition Works.
8.2.4
Standard Demolition
Method Statement
AM
TC
8.2.3
(a)
The Contractor is to prepare a method statement which shall detail all aspects
proposed demolition work and associated procedures before commencing any
demolition work. The method statement shall be approved by the Engineer before any
demolition work commences.
The Method Statement is to incorporate the
requirements of Part 1 of this Section.
(b)
The Contractor shall establish whether any stressed components are present in the
structure. The Contractor shall include a complete statement of his proposed method
of demolition of such components in his method statement.
(c)
The Contractor shall establish whether any of the walls of the structure to be
demolished are load bearing and shall establish whether cross walls are bonded into
the abutting walls. The Contractor shall identify such walls in his method statement.
Execution
(a)
The Contractor shall completely demolish and remove buildings and structures,
including all services related or connected thereto, as noted below:
(i)
To minimum depth of 900 mm below finished grade in areas new paving is to be

placed unless greater depth is required for installation of new utility service
lines.
(ii)
To full depth within an area defined by hypothetical lines located 1.5 m outside
building lines of new structures.
(iii)
To minimum depth of 600 mm below finished grade in all other areas unless
greater depth is required for installation of new utility service lines.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 7
Debris, including brick, concrete, stone, metals and similar materials are to become
the property of contractor and be disposed of by him, off the Site. Concrete slabs
below grade that do not require removal from the site are to be broken up into pieces
2
not exceeding 60 cm .
(c)
In removing buildings and structures of more than two stories, demolition work shall
start at the highest level and progressing down to third floor level. Demolition of first
and second stories may proceed simultaneously.
(d)
Where explosives are to be used, comply with Part 1 of this Section and BS 5607.
(e)
The Contractor is to conduct his operations in such a manner as to avoid danger to

persons and property. Once demolition work has started on any building, the work on
that building is to be continued to completion, promptly and expeditiously.
(f)
Where building basements exist and the area is not to be reused, all debris is to be
removed from the basement areas and concrete floors broken. The areas are then to
be filled with backfill material simultaneously with the breaking of the foundation walls
and floors so that the backfill material will be integrated with the pieces of broken
concrete.
(g)
Concrete slabs resting on earth and forming footpaths, driveways, or the first floor of
buildings without basements are to be broken up and removed from the Site unless
otherwise specified in the Project Documentation.
(h)
The Contractor is responsible for removing any additional small out buildings or
miscellaneous structures that have not been indicated in the Project Documentation
unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer.
(i)
Immediately upon award of the Contract and prior to the demolition of any structures,
the Contractor is required to paint or stencil in contrasting colours of an oil or leadbased paint BUILDING TO BE DEMOLISHED on all four sides of each residential
building and on two opposite sides of other structures in Arabic and English. The
signs are to be positioned in a prominent location on the structure so that they can be
easily seen and read, and at a sufficient height to prevent defacing.
(j)
Existing underground storage tanks on the Site or within the buildings to be

demolished are to be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. The Contractor is
to take all necessary precautions during the removal of the fluid within the tanks.
Where tanks are removed, the Contractor is to backfill the resulting void with the fine
aggregate. This backfill is to be compacted in accordance with Section 3, Earthworks
Related to Buildings.
(k)
Structures designated to become the property of the Contractor are to be removed

from the Site.
(l)
Operations necessary for the removal of an existing structure or obstruction, which

may damage new construction, are to be completed prior to placing the new work
unless otherwise specified in the Project Documentation.
(m)
Where trees have been designated to remain, but are a hindrance to demolition work,
the Contractor is to, at his own expense, temporarily relocate such trees and provide
all maintenance as necessary until such time as replanting is feasible.
(n)
Excavation to locate the disused services and backfill after the removal of the services
installation shall be carried out in accordance with applicable Sections in the QCS and
Project Specification.
AM
TC
(b)
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
8.2.5
Utility Services
Demolition Related Work

(a)
The Contractor is to arrange for the disconnection of all utilities that serve buildings in
accordance with the respective requirements and regulations of the relevant authority.
(b)
The Contractor shall liase directly with the service utility authorities to assertion correct
procedures and safe working practices related to disconnection of each particular
utility service.
(c)
The Contractor is to disconnect and properly seal, in a manner approved by the

relevant authority and the Engineer, all sewer outlets that serve buildings to be
demolished. The Contractor will keep the Engineer informed of his plans for the
performance of any work in connection with the sealing off of such outlets in order that
proper inspection may be provided at the time the work is performed.
(d)
Demolition of utilities shall be in accordance with Part 1 and Clause 2.2 of this Section
unless otherwise required by the Project Documentation.
(e)
The Contractor shall demolish and remove external utility service lines as follows:
(f)
Abandoned portions of utility lines located outside areas of new buildings, or

new roads, footpaths and parking areas that are less than 650 mm below
proposed finished ground levels.
(ii)
Abandoned portions of utility lines which occur within areas of new buildings,
roads, footpaths and parking areas.
(iii)
Abandoned utility lines that would interfere with installation of new utility lines.
(iv)
Other abandoned lines not specified that interface with performance of the work
of this contract.
Unless otherwise stated elsewhere in the Project Documentation, the point of

disconnection of utility services shall be at a point agreed with by the utility owner.
Special Demolition
Scope
(a)
AM
TC
(i)
8.2.6
Page 8
This Clause specifies the requirements and precautions to be taken where demolition
and removal of materials is required within buildings or structures which are partially
collapsed or considered unsafe.
Method Statement
(a)
The requirements as set forth by Clause 2.2 of this Section will apply unless stated
otherwise in the Project Documentation.
QCS 2014
(a)
Where demolition is to be done within partially collapsed or unsafe buildings,

additional site specific investigations will need to be made by qualified engineers or
specialists to determine if temporary shoring or other measures must be taken for
safety of workers, the Public or other adjacent structures of properties. The
Contractor is responsible for arranging for such investigations to be made before any
demolition work commences. The Contractor shall incorporate the findings and
results of the investigation in his method statement. The cost of any specific
investigations, as described in this paragraph, shall be borne by the Contractor unless
otherwise stated in the Project Documentation.
8.2.7
Scope
(a)
Method Statement
(a)
This Clause specifies the requirements and precautions to be taken where only parts
of the interior or exterior of buildings are to be demolished, removed or replaced. This
may include renovation or remodelling work, additions or expansions.
The requirements as set forth by Clause 2.2 of this Section will apply unless stated
otherwise in the Project Documentation.
(a)
Demolition work in alterations are to be undertaken with the maximum consideration

for the surrounding structure and are to be limited to the minimum required in order to
carry out the work. The manner and order of the work, including the design and
provision of any supports and other safety precautions, will be the Contractors
responsibility and shall be fully detailed in the method statement.
(b)
The design of any shoring and supports necessary to maintain the stability of any
structure retained after the demolition of adjoining property are to be submitted to the
Engineer for approval. The responsibility for the sufficiency of the design is to rest
with the Contractor, notwithstanding the approval of the Engineer.
AM
Page 9
TC
Section 01: General

Part
8.2.8
Temporary Work
(a)
The Contractor is to provide temporary works for protection of existing roads,

footpaths, utilities, and structures where and when necessary.
(b)
Support is to be provided for members of framed structures before cutting them.
(c)
Where a structures stability may be affected by the demolition of a member,

temporary bracing, and guys, are to be provided to restrain the remaining members.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 10
8.3
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
8.3.1
Scope
This Part specifies requirements and procedures for the Contractor when encountering
potential or known hazardous or toxic waste.

This Section
Part 1 General
Part 2 Building Demolition
Section 1
General
Section 12
Section 28
Landscaping
8.3.2
Relevant Authorities
Procedures and Contacts

The Contractor shall contact and co-ordinate with respective Government agencies in
order to ensure correct implementation of approved methods and procedures to be
carried out by the Contractor in connection with the removal or containment of
hazardous materials. This is especially to be undertaken for the following:
AM
TC
(a)
(i)
Prior to initiation of any work at the Site where known hazardous materials exist.
(ii)
Immediately upon question, suspicion, or finding of hazardous materials during

demolition; all work should cease under this situation, with exception of
immediate precautions taken to provide containment or until further direction or
approval is given by the Engineer.
8.3.3
Method Statement
Hazardous and Toxic Waste

(a)
When the Contractors operations encounter or expose any abnormal condition which
may indicate the presence of a hazardous or toxic waste, such operations are to be
discontinued in the vicinity of the abnormal condition and the Engineer is to be notified
immediately. The presence of the following may be indicators of hazardous or toxic
wastes and are to be treated with extraordinary caution:
(i)
Tanks or barrels.
(ii)
Discolored earth, metal, wood, ground water, etc.
(iii)
Visible fumes.
(iv)
Abnormal odours.
(v)
Excessively hot earth.
(vi)
Smoke.
(vii)
Other conditions which appear abnormal.
QCS 2014
(b)
(c)
Section 01: General

Part
Hazardous materials include, but are not limited to the following:
(i)
Anhydrous ammonia.
(ii)
Combustible liquids, compressed gasses.
(iii)
Dip tanks, flammable liquids.
(iv)
Hydrogen.
(v)
Liquid petroleum gasses.
(vi)
Nitrous oxide.
(vii)
Spray finishing.
Every effort is to be made by the Contractor to minimise the spread of any hazardous
or toxic waste into uncontaminated areas.
8.3.4
Special Precautions
Public Safety Measures
The Contractor is to provide all safety measures to protect the public from harmful
hazardous materials as required by respective authorities.
(b)
The Contractors operations will not resume until so directed by the Engineer if any
safety measures are found to be inadequate for protection from hazardous material
conditions encountered during work.
Environmental Safety Measures
TC
(a)
AM
Page 11
(a)
The Contractor is to follow and implement all procedures defined or required by

related environmental or public safety authorities. These precautions will be taken at
all times during the removal or confinement of hazardous materials, whether known or
suspected.
(b)
The Contractor is to have present at the Site, a representative of the related approval
authority during removal or confinement work, if it is a requirement the approval
authority.
(c)
If previously defined safety measures are found not to exist for the type of hazardous
materials in question, it will be the Contractors responsibility to establish procedures
and methodology to be implemented. The procedures and methodology shall be to
the approval of the Engineer.
(d)
Removal or containment work is to be performed under the constant direction and

supervision of pre-approved personnel experienced with working with hazardous
materials.
Documentation
(a)
The Contractor is to be responsible for processing and approval of any documentation

relating to procedures required by governmental or agencies related to procedures for
removal or containment of hazardous materials.
Section 01: General

Part
8.3.5
Disposal
Safe Disposal
Page 12
Disposal of hazardous materials will be made in accordance with the requirements

and regulations of the relevant authority.
END OF PART
TC
(a)
AM
QCS 2014
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
09: Materials
Page 1
MATERIALS ............................................................................................................ 2
9.1
9.1.1
9.1.2
9.1.3
9.1.4
9.1.5
9.1.6
9.1.7
9.1.8
9.1.9
9.1.10
GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 2
Scope
2
Materials from AGCC States
2
Product Data
2
Quality of Materials
2
Manufacturers Instructions
3
Samples
3
Shop Drawings
4
Alternative Materials
4
Owner Furnished Materials
4
Delivery of Materials to Government Stores
4
9.2
9.2.1
9.2.2
9.2.3
9.2.4
9.2.5
MATERIALS ............................................................................................................ 5
Ordering Materials
5
Delivery of Materials to the Site
5
Handling or Materials
5
Storage of Materials on the Site
5
Protection of Materials
6
9.3
9.3.1
9.3.2
9.3.3
TESTING OF MATERIALS ...................................................................................... 6

General
6
In-situ Testing and Nuclear Density Measuring Devices
7
Test Certificates
8
9.4
9.4.1
SPECIAL MATERIALS ............................................................................................ 8

Proprietary Articles and Systems
8
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
09: Materials
Page 2
MATERIALS
9.1
GENERAL
9.1.1
Scope
This Part specifies the requirements for materials incorporated in the Works. In the context
of this Part, components and items of equipment are to be considered as materials and all
requirements applicable to materials are likewise applicable to components and items of
equipment.
The following Sections and Parts are referred to in this part:

This Section
Part 7
Submittals
Section 2
Materials from AGCC States
All materials and components for the Works shall be obtained from the member states of the
Arab Gulf Co-operation Council unless the Engineer approves the use of alternative sources.
9.1.3
Product Data
Unless otherwise agreed with the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit product data for all
materials to be incorporated in the Works.
Product data shall be explicit with regard to the actual material to be incorporated in the
Works.
Product data shall include, but not be limited to:
AM
TC
9.1.2
(a)
Size and dimensions of product.
(b)
Fittings and fixings associated with product.
(c)
Colour and surface finish of product.
The product data shall provide sufficient information for the Engineer to determine that the
products submitted conform to the requirements of the Project Documentation.
Where product data submittals include manufacturers catalogues which detail more than
one product or size, capacity etc. of the same product, the Contractor shall clearly indicate
which product is being presented for approval.
Product data shall be presented on A4 size paper and electronic format whenever possible.
9.1.4
Quality of Materials
All materials required to comply with a particular national or international standard shall be
marked with the certified trade mark associated with the organisation responsible for the
standard. The mark of conformity of any approved third party certification body or an
equivalent mark shall be an acceptable alternative to this requirement.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
09: Materials
Page 3
The requirements of Clause 9.1.4 shall not apply where the Engineer is satisfied and
confirms to the Contractor in writing that third party quality assured materials are not readily
available or appropriate. In such cases, and where materials are required to comply with a
particular standard or its equivalent, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer test
certificates, furnished by the supplier or manufacturer of the materials, indicating compliance
with the relevant standard.
As soon as possible after the Contract has been awarded, the Contractor shall submit to the
Engineer for his approval a list of proposed suppliers and sources of materials required for
the execution of the Works.
Names of additional suppliers and sources of materials may be submitted by the Contractor
during the execution of the Contract, but no source of supply shall be changed without the
Engineers approval.
A single source of supply shall be used for materials which have characteristics that:
(a)
Differ according to source of supply or manufacture.
(b)
Could affect the appearance of the completed Works.
(c)
Could affect the performance of the completed Works.
All materials and equipment incorporated in the Works shall be designed and manufactured
or constructed to withstand the climatic conditions experienced in Qatar.
9.1.5
Manufacturers Instructions
Unless otherwise described in the Project Documentation, the use, installation, application or
fixing of materials shall be in accordance with all applicable recommendations and
instructions of the manufacturers.
The Contractor shall obtain the manufacturers instructions and recommendations relating to
all materials and proprietary articles and systems to be incorporated in the Works, and shall
keep copies of the same on site at all times for the information of the Engineer. Such
instructions and recommendation shall be considered to be part of this Specification.
Where appropriate, the Contractor shall make use of any technical advisory service offered
by manufacturers regarding use and installation of materials.
9.1.6
Samples
Samples shall be provided when requested by the Engineer or instructed by the Project
Documentation. Materials subsequently supplied shall conform to the quality of the samples
which have been approved by the Engineer.
Each sample shall bear a securely fixed label bearing the following information:
AM
TC
(a)
Project identification.
(b)
Contractor identification.
(c)
Sample identification including all information as to manufacturer, model, catalogue

number, finish, etc.
(d)
Space for approval signature of the Engineer.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
09: Materials
Page 4
Where approval of materials is required, samples or other evidence of suitability shall be

submitted to the Engineer for approval. No such material shall be ordered or used until
written approval is received from the Engineer.
Where samples of finished work are specified, works shall not proceed until the Engineer has
approved the sample of the finished work. Samples of finished work shall be made under
conditions similar to those which will be experienced during the construction of the Works.
Samples which have been approved shall be carefully protected and maintained in a manner
which will not allow them to deteriorate. Unless otherwise specified or forming part of the
finished Works, samples shall be removed when no longer required by the Engineer.
All materials and workmanship shall be up to the standard of the approved samples.
Samples shall be of sufficient size to indicate the general visual effect. The minimum
acceptable size of sheet materials shall be 300 x 300 mm.
9.1.7
Shop Drawings
The Contractor shall prepare Shop Drawings in accordance with the relevant provisions of
Part 7, Submittals, of this Section. The Shop Drawings shall include material description and
identification where applicable.
9.1.8
Alternative Materials
The Contractor may propose the use of alternatives to materials specified in the Project
Documentation. Such proposals shall be complete with all supporting information showing
that the alternative is equal or better than the specified material in all respects.
The use of alternative materials shall only be permitted if approved by the Engineer in writing.
9.1.9
Owner Furnished Materials
Materials to be furnished by the Owner and installed by the Contractor shall be as specified in
The Contractor shall be responsible for the collection and delivery to the Site of materials to
be furnished by the Owner and installed by the Contractor. The collection location of such
materials shall be as detailed in the Project Documentation.
The Owner reserves the right to place and install items of equipment, furniture, furnishings,
partitions etc., in completed or partially completed parts of the Works upon the understanding
that the exercising of such a right will not substantially interfere with the regular progress and
completion of the Works.
9.1.10
Delivery of Materials to Government Stores
Materials to be delivered to the Government stores shall be as detailed in the Project

Documentation.
Prior to delivery to store, the Contractor shall make all items available for inspection by the
Engineer's Representative.
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
09: Materials
Page 5
The Contractor shall be instructed where to deliver the items and the date on which the
delivery is to be made.
Each delivery to store shall be accompanied by a detailed delivery note, which shall be
prepared by the Contractor, in a format approved by the Engineer.
On arrival at store, all items shall be re-inspected by the Engineer's Representative, before
being accepted.
The Contractor shall be issued with a receipt for the delivered items, which have been
accepted.
9.2
MATERIALS
9.2.1
Ordering Materials
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any material which he is unable to order due to
lack of information, non-availability, or for any other reason, within sixty (60) days of the
acceptance of the Contract.
The Contractor shall ascertain the quantities of materials for ordering from the Project
Documentation. The Bill of Quantities alone shall not be used as a basis for ordering
materials.
The Contractor shall be responsible for any delays to the Contract due to non-compliance
with this Clause.
9.2.2
Delivery of Materials to the Site
Materials shall be new and shall bear complete identification. Such identification shall
include, but not be limited to, the class, model, number and type of the material. Where
materials are not so identified, the Contractor shall furnish copies of invoices or certificates
providing complete identification.
Deliveries shall be programmed to minimise handling and deterioration due to site storage.
9.2.3
Handling or Materials
Materials shall be handled in such a manner as to avoid any damage or contamination, and
in accordance with all applicable recommendations of the manufacturers.
Particular care shall be taken when handling components with lifting equipment. Slings,
lifting hooks, forks and the like should only be applied at the points indicated as being
suitable for application by the manufacturer.
9.2.4
Storage of Materials on the Site
The Contractor shall allow for delivery of all materials & equipment to site, as well as multiple
handling required in the Works. The Contractor shall also provide for adequate storage of all
materials and equipment used in the Works for the whole period of the Contract. The said
storage shall be as per the applicable Specifications of all concerned authorities and
departments.
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
09: Materials
Page 6
Materials shall be stored in such a manner as to preserve their quality and condition to the
standards required by this Specification. Any recommendations made by the manufacturer
which relate to storage of materials and equipment shall be fully complied with.
The quantity of materials and equipment stored on the Site shall be consistent with that
necessary for efficient working.
Incompatible materials shall be separately stored.
Storage shall be such that any particular consignment can be readily identified by its delivery
ticket, test certificate, etc.
Materials which are liable to deteriorate shall be used in the order of delivery.
9.2.5
Protection of Materials
Adequate protection against any form of damage or deterioration to materials shall be

provided and shall include protective tapes, casing and the like which shall be cleared away
on completion of the Works. Tarpaulins shall be provided where necessary.
Particular care shall be taken to protect finished surfaces during the application of adjacent
work.
Materials which are subject to deterioration by ultra violet light shall be stored so that they are
not exposed to direct sunlight.
9.3
TESTING OF MATERIALS
9.3.1
General
The Engineer may test any materials before they leave the manufacturers premises or after
delivery to the Site.
The Engineer may reject any materials after delivery to the Site should he consider them
unsatisfactory, notwithstanding any preliminary test and approval of the materials at the
manufacturers premises.
The costs of all tests necessary to ensure compliance with the Contract, including the cost of
delivery to the testing laboratory, shall be borne by the Contractor.
Should the Engineer not inspect any materials or goods at the place of manufacture, the
Contractor shall without cost to the Contract obtain certificates of test from the supplier of
such goods and shall send such certificates to the Engineer. Such certificates shall certify
that the materials or goods concerned have been tested in accordance with the requirements
of the Specification and shall include the results of all tests carried out. The Contractor shall
provide adequate means of identifying the materials and goods delivered to the site with the
corresponding certificates.
The Engineer may require samples of materials to be delivered to the Ministry of

Environment (MOE) for additional tests. The Contractor shall provide attendance as required
by the Engineer to witness sample collection and testing carried out by the Contractor.
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
09: Materials
Page 7
The Contractor shall be responsible for the organisation and appointment of an approved
Independent Testing Laboratory to carry out all the testing of materials as required by the
Engineer. The Contractor shall supply full details of the testing laboratory he proposes to
appoint including facilities, personnel, etc. for the Engineers approval within 7 days of the
Engineers order to commence work on site. This Independent Testing Laboratory shall be
chosen from the Ashghal approved labs list
All testing for compliance with the Specification shall only be carried out using laboratory
equipment, , which has been calibrated and certified by a calibration service organisation
approved by the MOE. Provision of evidence of compliance with this clause shall be as
directed from time to time by the MOE.
All samples and records shall be preserved for as long as the Engineer may direct and they
should be kept and labelled in an orderly fashion. Testing equipment and all samples and
records shall be open to inspection by the Engineer or his representative at all times.
The laboratory shall be provided with equipment and trained personnel sufficient for carrying
out all tests referred to in the Specification applicable to the contractors scope of work as
defined in the contract. The laboratory shall be capable of carrying out all the relevant tests at
the frequency required by the Specification and by the rate of progress required by the
Contractors approved programme for the works.
9.3.2
In-situ Testing and Nuclear Density Measuring Devices
No person, company nor organisation will be permitted to determine in-situ density by means
of a nuclear type density measuring device without complying with the following
requirements:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
AM
TC
Each device held by any organisation shall have a valid calibration certificate issued by
the MOE. The validity of any such certificate shall not exceed six months.
Calibration certificates will only be issued for any particular device if MOE is satisfied
that the identified storage location of the device is, suitable and safe, and that an
approved radiation officer has been appointed by the organisation.
General and detailed storage location plan is to be provided to MOE for each device. A
letter of undertaking from the organisation stating that for each device should there be
a need for it to be stored elsewhere at anytime overnight MOE will be so notified in
advance to ensure compliance of safe storage requirements.
Only persons holding a valid user certificate issued by MOE shall be permitted to
operate these devices. Such certificates shall only be issued after the applicant has
demonstrated competence in operating the device both technically and safely. The
validity of any certificate shall not exceed six months.
During operation of the device the operator and any assistance shall wear suitable film
badges or a personnel radiation warning alarms. Evidence of the organisation having
these available during the intended validity of a user certificate shall be required prior
to the issue of such user certificates.
Non-adherence to the above requirements will be reported to the relevant authorities
for suitable action.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
09: Materials
Page 8
Test Certificates
Materials which have been tested shall be issued with a test certificate. The test certificate
shall clearly indicate whether the material has passed or failed any test or tests performed.
The test certificates shall also clearly indicate whether the tested material is suitable for use
or inclusion in the Works.
Test certificates shall be issued by the manufacturer, the Central Materials Laboratory, an
approved third party testing laboratory or other organisation as designated in the Project
Documentation or as directed by the Engineer.
9.4
SPECIAL MATERIALS
9.4.1
Proprietary Articles and Systems
The specification of proprietary articles and systems supplied by particular firms is not
necessarily binding upon the Contractor. If approval is obtained, the Contractor may order
from other sources supplying articles of equal quality.
The Contractor shall submit full details and samples of the alternatives offered together with
samples of the items specified to enable a proper comparison to be made. A minimum of
twenty one (21) days shall be allowed from the date all information required by the Engineer
has been submitted for his decision as to the acceptability or otherwise of the alternative
offered.
The Contractor shall be deemed to have included for the specified item in the Contract price,
not his proposed alternative.
If so directed, the Contractor shall have the proposed alternative tested for quality, strength,
durability, finish or efficiency by an approved testing laboratory.
If the Engineer accepts an alternative, any costs resulting, including all engineering and
design services, and changes or adjustments in materials or work directly or indirectly
brought about by the substitution, shall be borne by the Contractor.
On completion of the Contract, all instructions and recommendations for proprietary articles
and systems shall be neatly assembled in suitable folders or binders, provided with a
contents list and handed to the Engineer.
AM
TC
9.3.3
END OF PART
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
10: Occupational Health and Safety
Page 1
10
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY .................................................... 3
10.1
GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 3
10.1.1 Scope
10.1.2 Responsibility
10.1.3 Organisation for Occupational Health and Safety
10.1.4 Reporting Accidents
10.1.5 General Sanitation
10.1.6 Safety Notice Board
10.1.7 Compensation for Damage
10.1.8 Occupational Health and Safety Performance
10.1.9 Occupational Health and Safety Leadership and Accountability
10.1.10 Safe-working Arrangements
10.1.11 Labour Rights, Benefits & Obligations
10.1.12 Language barriers and communications issues
10.1.13 Communications, Consultations and Participation
10.1.14 Management Review
3
3
4
5
6
6
7
7
7
8
8
10
10
11
CONTRACTOR OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN ............. 11
10.2.1
10.2.2
10.2.3
10.2.4
10.2.5
10.2.6
General
Occupational Health and Safety Policy
Risk Assessment and Job Hazard Analysis
Intervention
Requirement for Training
Method Statements
10.3
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN (ERP) .................................................... 19
AM
TC
10.2
10.3.1 General
11
16
16
16
17
19
19
10.4
EARTHQUAKE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................... 20
10.4.1
10.4.2
10.4.3
10.4.4
10.4.5
10.4.6
10.4.7
Background
Requirements
Phase One: Gap Analysis (as is)
Phase Two: Implementation (to be)
Phase Three: Future Requirements
What Should We Do During An Earth Quake?
What Should We Do After An Earth Quake?
10.5
SPECIAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS AND PRECAUTIONS ..................... 24
10.5.1 Permits
10.5.2 Guarantee
10.5.3 Mechanical Plant, Machinery and Equipment
10.5.4 Existing Utilities
10.5.5 Excavations
10.5.6 Warning Signs
10.5.7 Confined Spaces
10.5.8 Lifting Operation
10.5.9 Lifting Gear
10.5.10 Scaffolding
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
24
24
24
25
26
28
28
30
30
31
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
10.5.11 Hot work and Welding

10.5.12 Compressed Gas Cylinders
10.5.13 Working at Height
10.5.14 Electrical
10.6
32
33
34
36
FIRST AID ................................................................................................... 37
10.6.1 First Aid and Clinic

10.7
37
FIRE PRECAUTION AND PREVENTION ................................................... 37
10.7.1 General
10.7.2 Emergency Equipment
10.7.3 Hazardous Substances
10.8
Page 2
37
39
40
SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC ........................................................................... 41
10.8.1 Working in Public Areas
41
WELFARE, SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF WORKMEN ........................ 42
10.9.1
10.9.2
10.9.3
10.9.4
10.9.5
10.9.6
10.9.7
General
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) / Attire
Safety Equipment
Support Facilities for Contractors Staff and Labour
Summer Working Conditions and fatigue
Additional Environmental Protection and Pollution Control
Plant and Equipment Test Certificates
10.10
LABOUR ACCOMODATION ....................................................................... 46
AM
TC
10.9
10.10.1 General
10.10.2 Quality of Labour Accommodation
10.10.3 Provision for Fire Safety
10.10.4 Provision for Health Care
10.10.5 Access to Transport
10.10.6 Access to Religious, Social and Domestic Facilities
10.10.7 Access to Communications
10.10.8 Number, Quality and Location of Sanitation Facilities
10.10.9 Food Preparation Areas
10.10.10 Pest and Vermin Control
10.10.11 Security at Labour Accommodation
10.10.12 Social Issues
10.10.13 Competence of Labour Accommodation Management
10.10.14 Environmental Conditions at Labour Accommodation
10.10.15 Health and Safety for Labour Accommodation Residents
42
42
42
43
45
45
46
46
46
47
47
48
48
49
49
49
50
50
50
51
51
52
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 3
10
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY
10.1
GENERAL
10.1.1
Scope
This Part specifies the Health, Safety and Welfare requirements for construction and its
associated practices.
Related Sections and Parts are as follows.

This Section
Part 4
Part 8
Part 9
Part 11
Part 13
Protection
Building Demolition
Materials
Engineers Site Facilities
Section 11
Health and Safety
Responsibility
It is the Contractors responsibility to implement an Occupational Health and Safety

Management System meeting as a minimum the requirements of BS OHSAS 18001. It shall
be the duty of the Contractor to provide the following:
TC
10.1.2
Safe plant and equipment;
(b)
Safe means of handling, transporting and storage of articles and substances;
(c)
Adequate training, instruction, information and supervision;
(d)
A safe place of work with safe access to and egress from the place of work;
(e)
A safe and healthy environment; and
(f)
Adequate welfare facilities.
AM
(a)
It is the Contractors responsibility to conduct his operations in such a manner as to prevent

injury to persons or damage to property. The Contractor shall take precautions for protection
against risks and shall inspect Occupational Health and Safety conditions where the Works
are being executed.
The Contractor shall conform to all Acts, Orders and Regulations made by any official
authority with respect to Occupational Health and Safety.
The Contractor shall note that Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) shall be treated with
high importance at all stages of the Contract. Contractor shall understand that the Contract
Price includes the Execution Programme for provision and implementation of an
Occupational Health and Safety Policy and Plan to ensure the highest standards are
enforced throughout Construction, Pre-commissioning and Commissioning.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 4
The Contractors attention is drawn to the requirements of latest revision of:

(a)
Qatar Construction Specification QCS,
(b)
Qatar Law No.14 of the Year 2004 The Labour Law, and the ministerial decisions
issued in implementation of the provisions of the Labour Law issued by Law No. 14 of
2004,
(c)
Qatar Traffic Law No. 19 of the Year 2007,
(d)
Environmental Protection Law No. 30 of the Year 2002 and Decision No. (4) for the
year 2005 by issuing the executive regulations of Environmental Protection Law,
(e)
Civil Defence Law No. 9 of the Year 2012,
(f)
CDD (Department of Civil Defence) Fire Safety Handbook; and
(g)
Worker Rights Booklet 2009 (National Human Rights Committee).
The Contractor is required to fully comply with the stated requirements relating to
Occupational Health and Safety. In the event that legislation is updated the latest version
shall be followed.
The Contractor shall ensure that Contractor Personnel and Subcontractors employees
comply with all requirements of latest revision of QATAR legislation mention above (but not
limited to). Compliance with the standards shall be considered as a minimum requirement
and Contractor shall establish additional arrangements as circumstances may require. Any
failure by Contractor to obtain copies of that mentioned laws applicable to the Contract shall
in no way relieve the Contractor from any responsibilities or obligation under the Contract.
The Contractors Representative shall be responsible for all Occupational Health and Safety
matters during the performance of the Work up to and including the Completion Date. The
Contractors Representative shall ensure that an effective Occupational Health and Safety
management organization is maintained at all times to undertake the duties to comply with
this requirement.
10.1.3
Organisation for Occupational Health and Safety
The Contractor shall submit an Occupational Health and Safety Organisation Plan detailing
planning and management considerations for construction at an organisational level for the
Engineers approval within Thirty (30) days of the award of the Contract.
The Occupational Health and Safety Organisation Plan shall provide the names,
qualifications, experience and skills of all the Safety Team and key support staff.
The Contractor shall submit the names of the following to the Engineer for approval:-
AM
TC
(a)
The details of its proposed competent and experienced Occupational Health and
Safety Manager. The minimum education for the proposed Occupational Health and
Safety Manager are but not limited to Bachelor degree in Engineering / Science or
equivalent with 10 years experiences in the same field as Safety Manager and the
ability to communicate with all nationalities, plus Professional OHS Qualification by
Examination (NEBOSH, IOSH Managing Safely, OSHA 30 hours, ... etc), Management
Qualification prefer certified as BS OHSAS 18001 lead auditor, implementation and
continues improvement Relevant Training Attendance. The Engineer shall review the
details and if necessary interview the proposed individual to assess his/her suitability
for the position prior to giving approval for appointment. The Contractor is not
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 5
permitted to execute any form of Work on the Worksite until such time as an approved
Occupational Health and Safety Manager has been deployed on a full time basis to the
Worksite. The Contractor shall not remove the appointed Occupational Health and
Safety Manager without prior approval from the Engineer.
(b)
Deputy Occupational Health and Safety Manager who is capable of performing all of
the duties of the Occupational Health and Safety Manager in the event of his absence.
The requirements and procedure outlined in Clause (a) above applies equally to the
appointment of the Deputy Occupational Health and Safety Manager.
The Contractor shall appoint Occupational Health and Safety Officers and support staff in
sufficient numbers to ensure the effective function of the Occupational Health and Safety
discipline within the Contractors organisation. The minimum education for the Occupational
Health and Safety Officer are HND / HNC with 4 years experiences in the same field as
Safety officer, certified from NEBOSH, IOSH or OSHA 30 hours, Professional in control and
monitoring the site activity. The Contractor shall appoint and deploy full time on the Worksite
one Occupational Health and Safety Officer for each and every 50 persons employed at the
Worksite. For a less than 50 persons employed at the Worksite, a minimum of one (1) Safety
Officer shall be present on site during all working hours each day throughout the Contract
period. This is in addition to the Occupational Health and Safety Manager and his Deputy.
The Safety Officers shall have no other duties, either on-site or off-site, other than
Occupational Health and Safety duties, and shall be exclusive to one site.
The Contractor shall ensure that each and every Subcontractor employed on the Worksite
appoints suitably competent and experienced qualified Occupational Health and Safety staff
to ensure the effective function of the Occupational Health and Safety discipline within the
Subcontractors organisation. The requirements and procedure outlined above for contractor
Occupational Health and Safety staff to be applies equally to the appointment of the
Subcontractor Occupational Health and Safety Staff. The Subcontractor shall appoint and
deploy full time on the Worksite one Occupational Health and Safety Officer for each and
every 50 persons that they employ at the Worksite. Any Subcontractor that employs more
than 100 persons will appoint an Occupational Health and Safety Manager. This is in addition
to the Occupation Occupational Health and Safety Officers.
10.1.4
Reporting Accidents
The Contractor shall promptly report to the Engineer any accident whatsoever arising out of,
or in connection with, the Works whether on or adjacent to the Site which caused death,
personal injury or property damage, giving full details and enclosing statements of witnesses.
Promptly shall mean immediately by telephone where it impacts on the operation of the
project and electronically in all cases never more than 24 hours.
The Contractor shall implement arrangements for effectively managing any emergency
incident that may occur as a result of Work and/or on the Worksite.
The Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements for emergency preparedness
including, but not limited to, medical equipment and facilities, trained personnel,
communication systems, transportation, search and rescue equipment.
The Contractor shall produce and submit to the Engineer monthly performance reports and
incident reports. Reports shall be in the format approved by the Engineer.
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 6
The Contractor shall refer to, and in particular, QCS 2013 (Section 11, Part 2) for all incident
classifications and definitions.
Incident Investigation final reports to be submitted for all lost time major / reportable Incidents
within 10 days of the incident. All incidents that result in lost time from work, near miss,
dangerous occurrence or damage to property (asset) shall be reported. The normal steps to
be taken after an incident shall be;
(a)
Submit incident notifications immediately;
(b)
Conduct the investigation;
(c)
Prepare the report with conclusions and recommendations;
(d)
Prepare appropriate plan of corrective action;
(e)
Include in monthly Health and Safety statistics report;
(f)
Submit to Engineer for review and re-submittal if required.
General Sanitation
The Contractor shall maintain the Site and all working areas in a sanitary condition and in all
matters of health and sanitation shall comply with the requirements of the Supreme Council
of Health and the Public Works Authority.
The Contractor is responsible for all measures necessary to prevent the breeding of
mosquitoes on the Site for the duration of the Contract.
The Contractor shall ensure that pests are not permitted to the Site facility by initiating a
routine pest control program. Non-toxic pest control methods shall be used.
The disposal surplus water and the accompanying growth of trees and the proliferation of
insects and rodents. Does the site cause an environmentally danger to the surrounding area?
10.1.6
Safety Notice Board
The Contractor shall set up and maintain (cleaned and legible) throughout the course of the
Contract safety notice boards in prominent places on the Site. These notice boards shall be
located in positions approved by the Engineer such that they are clearly visible to the
Contractors employees. They shall be fully illustrated and provide details of key safety
procedures to be followed.
The notice boards shall be in Arabic, English and;
AM
TC
10.1.5
(a)
In all other languages which are the mother tongue of five or more of the Contractors
employees, or
(b)
The preferred languages (can be understood) by the workers on the Worksite.
The Contractors employees shall be made fully aware of the notice boards prior to
commencing duties on Site.
The Contractor shall maintain up to date copies of all industry codes and standards that apply
to the Work.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 7
Compensation for Damage
Claims for compensation arising from damage or injury caused by the Contractors failure to
provide adequate Occupational Health and Safety measures shall be the sole responsibility
of the Contractor.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any claim made against him which is in any way
connected to the Contract.
The Contractor is required to copy to the Engineer any formal Occupational Health and
Safety related communication between the Contractor and enforcing authorities or
government organizations.
10.1.8
Occupational Health and Safety Performance
The Contractor shall ensure acceptable Occupational Health and Safety performance of all
Subcontractors, visitors, vendors, public and other parties that may enter the Worksite or the
amounts identified in the Bills of Quantities.
Should acceptable Occupational Health and Safety performance not be maintained by the
Contractor then the Engineer may, in addition to any other amounts withheld under the
Contract, withhold up to 10% of the amount of any interim invoice issued by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall develop and implement programmes which shall act as incentives for
their teams at all levels, to make a positive contribution to good health and safety
performance.
10.1.9
Occupational Health and Safety Leadership and Accountability
The Contractor shall be committed to Health and Safety leadership and this is to be achieved
through working in partnership with the main project stakeholders including the Engineer and
the Client.
The Contractor shall demonstrate commitment to the safety, health and welfare of all
stakeholders and workers on projects and shall demonstrate leadership in achieving the
following objectives:
AM
TC
10.1.7
(a)
A safe, healthy workplace
(b)
Be consulted on their working conditions, to be heard, and to influence their working

conditions
(c)
Return home from work unharmed at the end of each working day; to which everyone
has a right to.
The Contractor shall provide opportunities through forums and meetings involving important
project stakeholders, including the Client, The Engineer, sub-contractors and other relevant
contractors to raise health and safety issues, assist in the development of leadership
programmes, share good practice and be recognised for good performance.
The Contractors senior management shall visibly demonstrate support, commitment,

Leadership and Accountability on all health and safety issues by the following actions:
(a)
The Engineers Zero Harm Initiative;
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 8
Training employees to work safely;
(c)
Recognizing and rewarding employees;
(d)
Identify risks to health and safety and develop mitigation/control plans and
communicate these to workers;
(e)
Reinforce safe work practices;
(f)
Place health and safety as the first item on the agenda at meetings.
(g)
Allocate adequate resources for health and safety management and implementation
(h)
Develop health and safety targets and objectives and measure and review
performance;
(i)
Foster positive health and safety culture and behaviour through their own actions;
(j)
Treat health and safety as a core value equal in importance with productivity, quality
and ethical standards;
(k)
Participate in health and safety meetings and safety walkabouts;
(l)
Develop efficient contingency plans and allocate adequate emergency resources;
(m)
Provide trained and competent workforce;
(n)
Promote personal health and well-being; and
(o)
Seek to exceed current legislation in relation to welfare and labour facilities.
AM
10.1.10 Safe-working Arrangements
TC
(b)
The Contractor shall have arrangements to empower their staff to make sensible decisions
about their own safety and the safety of others affected by what they do, and not put
themselves or others at risk of harm.
Contractor to have safe-working arrangement that ensures:
(a)
That health and safety concerns can be raised and associated actions taken
(b)
Employees can stop work immediately where they believe they or others are at risk of
harm
(c)
No disciplinary action is taken against those who use the worksafe arrangement to
raise a genuine health and safety concern
(d)
That the process is cascaded to their subcontractors
All such arrangements shall be briefed to all staff, including any agency or sub contract staff
before they start work.
Where safety concerns are raised or a stop work process has been invoked employers shall
document them and the action taken to resolve them; and shall advise others working on the
project were the issue is likely to impact on them or be similar to those faced by other
organisation
10.1.11 Labour Rights, Benefits & Obligations

1
The Contractor shall document implementation of Labour Law, in particular with respect to
the following:
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 9
Recruitment The Contractor shall maintain an up-to-date list of all agents/agencies

used and should provide copies of licences for same to the Engineer. The Contractor
shall, through their best endeavours, satisfy themselves, and the Engineer, that
recruitment agents/agencies used do not charge recruits any fees inconsistent with
those allowed for under the Labour Law (Qatar Law no.14 of the year 2004).
(b)
Contracts The Contractor shall retain, for inspection by the Engineer, copies of
written employment contracts for all employees working on the project. Such
employment contracts shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Labour Law
and no contract clause may contravene the Labour Law.
(c)
Wages A Wage Register shall be retained in accordance with the requirements of

the Labour Law. The Contractor shall update the Wage Register to ensure that
employee wages, including relevant overtime payments, are paid in a timely fashion
and in a manner consistent with the requirements of the Labour Law. These records
shall be available for inspection by the Engineer and shall clearly identify overtime
payments and rates.
(d)
Severance Pay The Contractor shall retain records to demonstrate that payment of
severance payments have been made, where appropriate, in accordance with Article
132 of the Labour Law.
(e)
Records & Files These shall be retained in accordance with the Labour Law, and
shall be made available to the Engineer for inspection.
(f)
Work Rules & Disciplinary Rules These shall be in accordance with the Labour Law,
shall be conspicuously displayed, and shall be provided to the Engineer.
(g)
Working Hours & Leave - The Contractor shall retain records to demonstrate that all
employees working hours and leave allowances are consistent with the requirements
of the Labour Law.
(h)
Collective Labour Disputes - Any/all collective labour disputes shall be dealt with in
accordance with the requirements of the Labour Law. Complete records of all such
disputes shall be retained by the Contractor for review by the Engineer. As a
minimum, the Contractor shall inform the Engineer immediately, on receipt of
complaint/claim from the employees.
(i)
Subcontracts As such, obligations, relating to Recruitment, Contracts, Wages,

Records & Files, Work Rules & Disciplinary Rules, Working Hours & Leave and
Collective Labour Disputes shall be passed on to the subcontractor in the event that
works are subcontracted by the Contractor. Similarly, subcontractor records shall be
made available to the Engineer.
AM
TC
(a)
The Contractor shall provide copies of Contracts, Work Rules, Disciplinary Rules, Pay Slips,
etc. to employees in a range of appropriate languages, as widely understood by the
workforce.
The Contractor shall submit a monthly declaration to the Engineer outlining compliance with
Labour Law in relation to payment of wages and working hours for the preceding period.
The Contractor shall facilitate contact between project employees and relevant independent
bodies such consulates, NGOs, or other relevant organisations offering social support. A list
of such local contacts shall be provided to new employees during their induction process.
An up-to-date list of contact details for these organisations shall also be displayed in public
areas such as the canteen, recreational areas, etc.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 10
10.1.12 Language barriers and communications issues

1
The Contractors shall ensure that their workforce fully understand site health and safety
requirements, including emergency arrangements and site rules in place. The language
needs of personnel shall be addressed during induction and through training. Emphasis
should be placed on ensuring proper supervision of all staff, but in particular those who may
have difficulties in understanding verbal or written communications. Where practicable,
signage shall make maximum use of pictograms.
Those who have responsibility for managing Contractor personnel on construction site shall
be able to communicate in both written and oral English to a standard appropriate to the
tasks being performed. Note that there may be personnel who are not competent in the
English language, and this is permitted provided that the Contractor can demonstrate that:
(b)
Such team members shall receive the required health and safety training / briefing
(including any emergency procedures) before commencing work in a form that they
understand
(c)
Appropriate arrangements are made to ensure that instructions are effectively

communicated to and understood by all team members
(d)
Particular attention has been given to the communication requirements of safety

critical workers. ensuring a translator is available who is capable of instructing the nonEnglish speaking personnel in safety and other operational matters, and
(e)
Maintaining a reasonable ratio of non-English speaking personnel to each translator at

all times.
TC
Such team members are able to give oral instructions and warnings to others
AM
(a)
Special provisions for safety critical instructions conveyed by the translator shall be recorded
as being received and clearly understood by each non-English speaking person. Such
records shall include those for safety induction, emergency procedures, safety method
statements and safety awareness talks.
10.1.13 Communications, Consultations and Participation

1
The Contractor shall be required to disseminate and transfer information regarding Health
and Safety issues. Typical information to be communicated should include but not be limited
to; any new policies or procedures and general awareness.
The Contractor shall ensure communications arrangements are in place to inform of key
health and safety issues. These will include lessons learnt from incidents, sharing of good
practice, health and safety campaigns and initiatives. Contractors shall have processes in
place to ensure an appropriate cascade to all site personnel.
The following methods of communication but not limited to shall be observed;
(a)
Meetings; Health and safety meetings shall be conducted on a weekly basis separate
from other meeting that have safety on the agenda
(b)
Safety Alerts; Safety alerts shall be produced by the Contractor after a Major
Accident/Incident or when appropriate.
(c)
Notice Boards; Information that shall be included as a minimum on an office notice

board is any relevant emergency procedures, policy statement, safety alerts or updates
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 11
(d)
Campaigns; Health and safety campaigns must be initiated by the Contractor to

implement throughout the year. At least 4 campaigns must be run annually on a prorata basis. One of the campaigns must detail heat stress before the summer months.
(e)
Posters/Signs; Must be focused on themes relevant to site specific work

activities/hazards
(f)
Safety Awards; The Contractor shall initiate a scheme whereby he recognises and
rewards for positive health and safety related performance by individuals. This shall be
on a monthly basis and communicated throughout the project workforce.
10.1.14 Management Review

1
The Contractor has to supply evidence that their senior management have carried out a
management review, at least annually, of their OHSE systems to ensure continuous
improvement.
The review shall include, but not limited to, where appropriate, an evaluation of and / or
changes to:
Health and safety policy;
(b)
Objectives and targets;
(c)
Action plans;
(d)
Follow-up action from previous meetings;
(e)
Health and safety system suitability;
(f)
Audit results;
(g)
Preventive and corrective actions;
(h)
Regulatory changes;
(i)
Continual improvement measures;
(j)
Performance measures;
(k)
Major procedure and risk review changes; and
(l)
Health and safety plans.
AM
TC
(a)
10.2
CONTRACTOR OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN
10.2.1
General
The Contractor shall prepare a Contract specific Occupational Health and Safety Plan (the
Safety Plan) and submit a Safety Plan to the Engineer for review and approval within thirty
(30) days of the award of the Contract. The Contractor is not permitted to Work on the
Worksite until such time as the Plan has been approved by Engineer. It will be a condition
precedent to starting the works that the Contractor will have an approved Health and Safety
Plan, Traffic Management Plan, and an Emergency Response Plan.
The Safety Plan shall include the Contractors proposals for the maintenance of safety on the
Site. These proposals shall address the safety measures applicable with respect to all tasks
to be undertaken in the construction of the Works.
The Safety Plan shall include the Contractors proposals for accident prevention. Accident
prevention shall include but not be limited to training, monitoring and review of safety related
procedures, enforcement of safety related matters and promoting safety awareness.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 12
The Safety Plan shall include a safety organisation chart showing the names and
responsibility of all safety personnel deployed both on and off the Worksite to maintain
acceptable Occupational Health and Safety performance of the Contract and the Work at all
times, even outside the normal working hours, in particular night-time and holiday working.
(refer to 10.1.3)
The Contractor is required to work in areas where dangerous concentrations of gases may
be present in manholes, trench excavations and the like. It is the Contractors responsibility to
provide all necessary detection equipment and to ensure that, if toxic or explosive gases are
found, adequate measures are taken to protect his staff, workmen and members of the
public.
The Safety Plan shall be specific to one Contract.
The Contractor shall regularly review the suitability of the Safety Plan. The Contractor shall
undertake a full formal review of the Safety Plan annually on the date of award of the
Contract or when necessary but no less than 6 monthly intervals and submit the findings of
the review to the Engineer within 14 days of that date along with an amended plan should any
amendment be required.
The Safety Plan shall contain the Contractors Occupational Health and Safety Policy. (refer
to 10.2.2)
The Plan for construction works shall support and supported by the Contractors systems for
risk management in particular risk assessment and method statement (refer to the
Regulatory Document Section 11 Part 1 in particular section 1.1.7: Risk Assessments and
Method Statement and Guidance document Section 11 Part 2 Section 2.4: Guidance on Risk
Assessment and Method Statement). The plan shall include a schedule of risk assessments
for all work activities in relation to the project. The plan shall include a list or schedule of
identified work activities for which method statement will be developed before their
execution..
10
The Safety Plan shall include the contract risk assessment and detail the arrangements for
ensuring that it is updated to reflect any changes throughout the duration of the Work.
11
The Safety Plan shall detail the arrangements for undertaking job hazard analysis and
ensuring that such analysis is included in each and every method statement.
12
The Safety Plan shall detail the management arrangements and standards to be used for
each of the following:
AM
TC
(a)
Scaffolding
(b)
Suspended Working Platforms
(c)
Fall Prevention and Fall Arrest
(d)
Prevention of Falling Objects
(e)
Excavations
(f)
Electricity
(g)
Structural Steel Erection
(h)
Demolition and Dismantling
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 13
False work and Formwork
(j)
Reinforcement and Concreting
(k)
Cladding and Roof work
(l)
Confined Spaces
(m)
Lifting Appliances and Lifting Gear
(n)
Mobile Plant and Vehicles
(o)
Mobile Elevating Working Platforms
(p)
Construction Lifts
(q)
Machinery and Equipment
(r)
Power Tools
(s)
Hazardous Substances
(t)
Hot Work and Welding
(u)
Fire Prevention and Protection
(v)
Access and Egress
(w)
Housekeeping
(x)
Warning Signs and Barricades
(y)
Material Handling, Transportation and Storage
(z)
Lock Out and Tag Out
(aa)
Temporary Works
(bb)
Temporary Facilities
(cc)
Underground and Overhead Utilities
(dd)
Working Over or Adjacent to Water
(ee)
Working Environment
(ff)
Personal Protective Equipment
(gg)
Site Traffic Control (including setting and taking down of all temporary traffic devices)
AM
TC
(i)
13
The Safety Plan shall detail the arrangements that the Contractor shall use to ensure
acceptable Occupational Health and Safety performance of all Subcontractors that may enter
the Worksite. It shall detail the arrangements for evaluating Subcontractors prior to them
being contracted to undertake Work. It shall detail the methods that the Contractor shall use
to monitor their work and the penalties that shall be imposed should acceptable standards
not be maintained.
14
The Safety Plan shall detail the manner in which the Contractor shall review, approve and
incorporate all Subcontractor Occupational Health and Safety plans, risk assessments and
method statements and incorporate them into their Occupational Health and Safety
management system.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 14
The Safety Plan shall detail the arrangements that the Contractor shall use to ensure
acceptable Occupational Health and Safety performance of all persons on the Worksite. In
particular it shall detail the arrangements for penalties and disciplinary action that shall be
taken should Contractor Personnel, Subcontractor employees or any other person on the
Worksite not comply with Occupational Health and Safety requirements.
16
The Safety Plan shall detail the arrangements that the Contractor shall use to control and
ensure acceptable Occupational Health and Safety performance of visitors and delivery
personnel that may enter the Worksite.
17
The Safety Plan shall detail the Contractors arrangements for effectively managing any
emergency incident that may occur as a result of Work or on the Worksite. The detail shall
include the facilities required for emergency preparedness.
18
The Safety Plan shall detail the arrangements for notification and investigation of any incident
that may occur as a result of Work or on the Worksite.
19
The Safety Plan shall detail the arrangements for the Contractors monthly performance
reporting and incident reporting.
20
The Contractor shall ensure that their project monthly health and safety statistics report is
completed and submitted by the agreed date to the Engineer and Quality & Safety
Department. The Engineer will provide the necessary format for this report. The information
collected will be submitted to the Engineer and Quality & Safety Department.
21
The Safety Plan shall detail the arrangements for assessing the general Health of employees
and any job specific Health checks that may be required.
22
The Safety Plan shall detail the arrangements for self-inspection and auditing that shall be
used to monitor the Work.
23
The Safety Plan shall detail the arrangements for tracking and effectively closing any
Occupational Health and Safety related nonconformity or deficiency that may be identified as
a result of monitoring. Written records of inspection, auditing and tracking shall be
maintained and made available to any representative of Client on request.
24
The Safety Plan shall detail the arrangements for ensuring that all Contractor Personnel and
Subcontractor employees are trained and competent to undertake their work in accordance
with the required standards. In particular the Safety plan shall detail the training and
competence requirements for the following employees;
AM
TC
15
(a)
Supervisors
(b)
Electricians
(c)
Mobile plant and vehicle operators
(d)
Crane and lifting appliance operators
(e)
Riggers
(f)
Excavation Supervisors
(g)
Machinery operators
(h)
Scaffolders
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
(i)
Scaffolding Supervisors
(j)
Confined space workers
(k)
Confined space supervisors
(l)
All persons working at height
Page 15
The Safety Plan shall detail the training arrangements specify the type and nature of training
to be given including but not limited to induction, pre-work briefings, tool box talks, general
awareness training, skills training and formal training conducted by training professionals or
agencies. Written records of the attendees, training given and assessment of competency
shall be maintained by the Contractor and made available for inspection by any
representative of Client upon request.
26
The Safety Plan shall detail the Contractors arrangements for promoting the awareness of
Occupational Health and Safety issues through notices, posters, newsletters, booklets,
Occupational Health and Safety alerts and any other means. All such information shall be
provided in the languages preferred by the training recipients of the training.
27
The Safety Plan shall detail the arrangements that the Contractor shall make to reinforce
good performance. Such arrangements shall include incentive schemes to reward Contractor
Personnel, Subcontractor employees or areas of Work that demonstrate exemplary
Occupational Health and Safety performance.
28
The Safety Plan shall include details of all meetings that are held to specifically deal with
Occupational Health and Safety issues. In particular the Contractor shall hold a monthly
meeting chaired by the Contractors Representative, which Client shall be invited to attend,
with the following items on the agenda;
29
AM
TC
25
(a)
Suitability of the Contractors Occupational Health and Safety organization for the ongoing and planned Work;
(b)
Effectiveness of the Contractors

system;
(c)
Significant areas of planned activity and associated risk;
(d)
Method statement review and job hazard analysis planning;
(e)
Tracking and closure of any identified deficiencies or nonconformities;
(f)
Incident review;
(g)
Occupational Health and Safety promotion planning;
(h)
Training needs assessment;
(i)
Auditing and inspection planning;
Occupational Health and Safety management
The Occupational Health and Safety Plan shall describe the Contractors Safety Management
System that will be used throughout and shall conform with all requirements defined within
the Contract and related documentation The contents shall include but not be limited to the
following:
(a)
Front Cover
(b)
Table of Contents
(c)
Project Scope, Requirements and Occupational Health and Safety Objectives
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 16
(d)
Occupational Health and Safety Policy and BS OHSAS 18001 Certificate (if applicable)
(e)
Control of Occupational Health and Safety Plan
(f)
Reference Documentation
(g)
Safety Organisation and Responsibilities
(h)
Subcontractor Occupational Health and Safety
(i)
Risk Assessments and Method Statement
(j)
Non-conformance, Corrective and Preventative Action
(k)
Incident Reporting
(l)
Audits
(m)
Training
(n)
Key Performance Indicators and Continual Improvement
(o)
Management Review
(p)
Safety Meetings
(q)
Monthly Safety Report
(r)
Appendices
Occupational Health and Safety Policy
The Contractor shall comply with the Client vision, mission and strategic objectives.
The Contractor shall develop and implement its own written Occupational Health and Safety
Policy which shall be Project specific and demonstrate the Contractors understanding of and
commitment to maintaining standards of Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) that are
consistent with and an integral part of the Contractors business strategy.
The Contractor must set objectives and targets that shall be applicable to SMART - Specific,
Measurable, Achievable, and Realistic and to a Time scale.
10.2.3
Risk Assessment and Job Hazard Analysis
Refer to Section 11 Part 1 (Regulatory Document) in particular section 1.1.7 and Section 11
Part 2 (SAMAS) in particular section 2.4
10.2.4
Intervention
A system of positive intervention shall be used throughout the Project and the Contractor
shall adopt the system by authorizing and requiring all Contractor Personnel and
Subcontractor employees to intervene in any unsafe act or condition and take immediate
corrective action to prevent any incident occurring.
Work may be monitored by any representative of Client who may intervene in any unsafe act
or condition and require the Contractor to take immediate corrective action to prevent any
incident occurring.
The Contractor is required to acknowledge that the system of positive intervention in use on
the Project is one that shall enhance the following;
AM
TC
10.2.2
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 17
(a)
levels of understanding and awareness of Occupational Health and Safety issues

throughout the Project;
(b)
levels of personal responsibility and accountability for Occupational Health and Safety
issues;
(c)
levels of proactively towards Occupational Health and Safety issues;
(d)
levels of compliance with contractual requirements and Project Occupational Health

and Safety standards;
(e)
incident and injury prevention
The Contractor may be the focus of Occupational Health and Safety audits conducted by any
representative of Client. The Contractor is required to cooperate with such audits and to
acknowledge all audit findings. The Contractor shall take all corrective and preventive actions
that may be required to address any nonconformity identified during such auditing.
The Contractor may be the focus of Occupational Health and Safety inspections conducted
by any representative of Client. The Contractor is required to cooperate with and
acknowledge such inspections and take all corrective and preventive actions that may arise
as the result of such inspections.
The Contractor shall undertake routine Occupational Health and Safety inspections and
audits for the on-going Work. Written records of inspections and audits shall be maintained
and made available to any representative of Client upon request.
The Contractor may be issued with stop work instructions from the Engineer for any
observed cases of serious or imminent danger associated with the Work. On receipt of a
stop work instruction the Contractor shall refrain from work until such time as remedial action
has been taken to alleviate the serious or imminent danger and to prevent it reoccurring.
The Contractor shall stop work if any unknown or unplanned conditions occur that give rise to
serious or imminent danger. In such circumstances the Contractor shall assess the risks
associated with any remedial work required and revise the method statements and job
hazard analysis. The revised method statement shall be reviewed and approved by the
Contractors Occupational Health and Safety Manager. Revised method statements shall be
approved by the Engineer before recommencing Work.
10.2.5
Requirement for Training
The Contractor shall conduct training including contract specific induction, pre-work briefings,
tool box talks, general awareness training, skills training and formal training conducted by
training professionals or agencies. The contract specific induction will be at least 2 hours
duration, approved by the Engineer and provided for all persons that enter the Worksite.
Such induction training will be reviewed, revised and repeated for all persons that enter the
Worksite at periods not exceeding 6 months throughout the duration of the Work. All training
shall be provided in the languages preferred by the recipients of the training.
The Contractor is required to provide employees of Client with Occupational Health and
Safety training relating to Work undertaken by the Contractor. Training is an integral part of
job performance.
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 18
The Contractor shall provide all Contractor Personnel and Subcontractors employees with
individually unique Contract specific photo identity cards. Such cards shall be made available
to any representative of Client on request. The Contractor shall not permit any Contractor
Personnel or Subcontractors employees to access the Worksite unless they have been
issued with their individually unique photo identity card. Such cards will not be issued prior to
the Contractor Personnel or Subcontractors employee attending the Contractors induction
training course.
The Contractor shall appoint a competent supervisor for each and every area of the following
Work activities
(a)
Temporary & permanent electrical installation
(b)
Crane and lifting appliance operations
(c)
Scaffolding erection, alteration and dismantling
(d)
Confined space entry
(e)
Excavation
(f)
Working at height
The Contractor shall produce a health and Safety Training Matrix based on training needs
analysis of all personnel working on the project. The matrix must detail positions against the
training courses required from the analysis. All training courses provided to employees shall
be free of charge, i.e. the cost will be borne by the Contractor.
The training topics will be based on a number of factors, such as but not limited to;
AM
TC
(a)
Trends in monthly statistics;
(b)
Objectives that have been set;
(c)
Recurring issues on site; and
(d)
Accident/incidents on site.
Courses designed to meet the needs of specific operatives involved in specialized trades
including their roles and responsibilities must be provided through training. The following
training could be consider as specialist, but not limited to:
(a)
Safe entry into confined spaces;
(b)
Crane operation;
(c)
Slingers/banks men;
(d)
Scaffolding/ false work/temporary works;
(e)
Abrasive wheels;
(f)
Woodworking machinery;
(g)
Excavation support equipment;
(h)
First aid;
(i)
Fire Marshall;
(j)
Accident Investigation;
Note any external training must be delivered by a competent organisation (i.e. 3th
Party).
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 19
The Contractor shall provide training and instruction to their employees in relation to the
performance of their work. This training shall be provided during working hours and
immediately after an employee commences employment. It shall include:
(a)
Occupational hygiene.
(b)
Essential elements of local laws and regulations.
(c)
Policies and procedures concerning aspects of human rights those are relevant to
operations.
The Contractor shall actively encourage the following for their workforce:
(a)
Creating employment opportunities.
(b)
Facilitating training opportunities for employees with a view to improving skill levels.
(c)
Ensuring non-discrimination in hiring and promotion practices.
(d)
Promoting life-long learning and on-the-job training.
(e)
All training shall be provided in appropriate languages, based on the demographics of

the labour accommodation facility.
The Contractor shall retain records of all training provided to labour accommodation
residents. Such records shall include, as a minimum, the name, age and nationality of those
attending the training course/session and the type of training provided. These records shall
be available for inspection by the Engineer.
11
The Contractors shall conduct Emergency Drills to thoroughly test its emergency
preparedness and response within 6 months of the date of award of the Contract and
thereafter at periods not exceeding 6 months throughout the duration of the Work.
12
The Contractor shall hold a Contract Specific Occupational Health and Safety Meeting
chaired by the Contractors representative on a monthly basis throughout the duration of the
WORK. Additionally the Contractor shall include Occupational Health and Safety as an item
on the agenda for each and every meeting held and ensure that the subject is actively
discussed.
13
The Contractor shall provide contract specific Safe Practice Booklets for each and every
person employed on the Worksite and provide training on the content of the booklet.
10.2.6
Method Statements
Refer to Section 11 Part 1 (Regulatory Document) in particular section 1.1.7 and Section 11
Part 2 (SAMAS) in particular section 2.4
10.3
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN (ERP)
10.3.1
General
The Contractor shall prepare an emergency response plans for the project and the following
but not limited to shall be addressed;
AM
TC
10
(a)
Responsibilities;
(b)
Risk assessment and hazard identification and controls for potential emergencies;
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
(c)
Hazard identifications and controls;
(d)
Coordination with outside emergency response organizations;
(e)
Arrival of outside emergency response groups;
(f)
Emergency response equipment;
(g)
Emergency drills;
(h)
Tests of emergency preparedness and response program;
(i)
Crisis management plan - major events emergency response plan;
(j)
Evacuation procedure;
(k)
Medical facilities;
(l)
Site fire prevention and response reporting;
(m)
Environmental spills and releases;
(n)
Security including (bomb threat);
(o)
Malicious threats; and
(p)
Severe weather conditions.
Page 20
It shall be mandatory that all personnel are aware and understand what actions to take and
when to take them in the event of an emergency situation. The Contractor shall provide such
information, instruction and training as may be required to assist the personnel to respond
appropriately, in the event of an emergency.
The Contractor shall develop ERPs for review by the Engineer in order to verify the suitability
and capability of arrangements. The Contractor shall ensure a schedule is produced to
conduct drills and exercises on a regular basis at the sites under its control.
Records of drills and exercises conducted shall to be kept together with details of follow up
actions and performance assessments for audit purpose.
The first emergency drill shall be conducted within first the 30 calendar days following
commencement of operations; afterwards emergency drills shall be conducted on a 6
monthly basis as a minimum.
All ERPs shall be reviewed and whenever necessary revised and updated every 6 months,
periodic auditing must be carried out to ensure compliance.
10.4
EARTHQUAKE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN
10.4.1
Background
During the month of April 2013 earthquakes occurred in Iran with varying degrees of tremors
felt in the State of Qatar and the wider Middle East Region.
April 16th 2013 was by far the larger earthquake measuring 7.8 on the Richter scale with the
tremors physically being felt in numerous locations and buildings across the region. Whilst
events of this type are rare, the impacts could be serious both from a human and business
scale.
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 21
Following these events it is clear that should have an earthquake evacuation procedure. This
emergency management plan has been developed; however it requires integration into the
existing emergency and evacuation plans.
It is to be advised that the earthquake procedure whilst very important is one element of a
much larger requirement for Emergency Management Planning to ensure that all scenarios
and eventualities are addressed inclusive of crisis management and business continuity.
10.4.2
Requirements
Outlined below is a suggested approach that could be taken to take into account those other
elements of emergency planning starting with a review of the current arrangements for
buildings, towers and associated structures inclusive of car parks.
The suggested overall approach would be a three phase priority approach. The first phase
identifying the as is situation to the desired outcome of to be and the future requirements,
but this is not limited and may require additional elements as recommended by other experts.
10.4.3
Phase One: Gap Analysis (as is)
Engage the relevant technical experts for the various aspects of the review, inclusive of but
not limited to Fire Design Engineer, Health and Safety Consultant, training providers etc.
Review all existing emergency process, procedures, plans and protocols within the
organisation and engage with other stakeholders such as Civil Defence to understand any
wider requirements, etc.
Review of all buildings physical emergency evacuation systems to ensure they meet relevant
codes and legislative requirements.
Review all evacuation assembly points and engage other building owners nearby the
organisation building.
Develop work assignments for the organisation personnel and Safety Wardens during
earthquakes.
Review the organisation buildings maintenance department records.
Identify relevant codes, legislative requirements and specific procedures needed for forward
planning.
Identify salient issues for consideration namely high rise building, crowded indoor public
places, indoor safety, outdoor safety, automobiles etc.
Identify non-structural hazards such as file cabinets, rack storage units, book shelves, HVAC
...etc.
10
Involve other stakeholders such as the organisation Health and Safety Section, Civil Defence,
Ministry of Environment, other building owners in the immediate district etc to ensure their
views, requirements, interests and responsibilities are established.
11
Review existing business resiliency and continuity plans, process and procedure.
12
Review existing crisis management plans, process and procedure.
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 22
Indicate future planning and requirements inclusive of the proposed new and existing car
park.
14
Include training and awareness plan for the wider organisation based upon the identified
training needs.
15
Undertake training and awareness for any developed process and procedures.
16
Produce gap analysis report detailing all required changes, upgrades to process, procedures,
plans, training requirements, emergency systems etc.
17
Present outcomes of gap analysis.
18
Develop an initial implementation plan, methodology and programme for Phase 2 and 3
based upon the outcomes of the Gap Analysis.
19
Review plans to backup computer records and equipment of vital records.
10.4.4
Phase Two: Implementation (to be)
Implement agreed gap analysis outputs/approach inclusive of all manuals, procedures,

technical information required.
Develop administrative processes and procedures to support the plan.
Communicate the plan to all those affected at different level of the business.
Include for planning of any associated drills and lessons learnt.
Implement lessons learnt into plan, processes and procedures.
Establish periodic review of emergency systems.
10.4.5
Phase Three: Future Requirements
Advise if engagement of further consultants/engineers to undertake seismic survey of

existing buildings.
Development of business continuity plans.
Development of post-earthquake assessment procedures.
Development of crisis management plans.
Undertake training and awareness for any developed process and procedures.
Include for planning of any associated drills and lessons learnt.
Development of all related support materials.
Development of coordination procedures with Civil Defence and other authorities during
earthquakes.
Periodic review of emergency planning systems.
AM
TC
13
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 23
What Should We Do During An Earth Quake?
Stay calm!
If you're indoors, stay inside and if you're outside, stay outside.
If you're indoors, stand against a wall near the centre of the building, stand in a doorway, or
crawl under heavy furniture (a desk or table i.e. cover your head and neck).
Drop down onto your hands and knees.
Stay away from windows and outside doors.
If you're outdoors, stay in the open away from power lines or anything that might fall. Stay
away from buildings.
Don't use matches, candles, or any flame.
Broken gas lines and fire don't mix.
If you're in a car, stop the car and stay inside the car until the earthquake stops.
10
Don't use elevators or put yourself at risk.
11
For impaired mobility, if you cannot drop to the ground, try to sit or remain seated so you are
not knocked down. If you are in a wheelchair lock your wheels. Protect your head and neck
with a large book, a pillow, or your arms.
10.4.7
What Should We Do After An Earth Quake?
Check yourself and others for injuries. Provide first aid for anyone who needs it.
Check the building, water, and electric lines for damage. If any are damaged, isolate if
possible and report to relevant authorities.
Turn on the radio. Don't use mobile phones unless it's an emergency.
Stay out of damaged buildings.
Stay inside buildings unless directed to do otherwise.
Evaluate and critique once a crisis situation is stabilised.
Expect further aftershocks.
Stay away from beaches. Tsunamis sometimes hit after the ground has stopped shaking.
If you're at work follow the emergency arrangements and instructions for the particular
building after the earthquake.
AM
TC
10.4.6
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 24
SPECIAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS AND PRECAUTIONS
10.5.1
Permits
A permit-to-work system (Hot work, Excavation, Scaffolding & Electric work) shall be
observed (correctly issued, Signed & Client requirement enforced) when undertaking any
work on an existing utility, service, item of equipment or structure.
A permit-to-enter system shall be observed (correctly issued, Signed & Client requirement
enforced) when undertaking any work in a confined space.
10.5.2
Guarantee
Where the Contract requires work to be carried out within or adjacent to any pipeline or at a
sewage treatment plant, the Contractor shall comply with any requirement of the Public
Works Authority.
10.5.3
Mechanical Plant, Machinery and Equipment
Sufficient suitable standby plant shall be immediately available in cases where the safety of
the Works or of personnel depends upon mechanical plant.
Test and thorough examination by a competent person of all equipment that is capable of
storing energy, such as air receivers and pressure vessels, is required at periods not
exceeding 12 months. Reports of such test and examination will be held on the Worksite and
made available to the employer on request.
The Contractor will make arrangements for all mobile plant and vehicles that enter the
Worksite to be checked by 3rd party certification to ensure the following are provided and in
good working order:
AM
TC
10.5
(a)
Braking systems
(b)
Steering systems
(c)
Gauges and warning lights
(d)
Operating controls
(e)
Windscreens and wipers
(f)
Reversing alarms
(g)
Rear view mirrors
(h)
Roll over protection devices
(i)
Wheels, tyres, track
(j)
Pneumatic and hydraulic hoses
(k)
Seat belts and anchors
(l)
Fuel lines and tanks
(m)
Electrical control systems
(n)
Suspension and stabilization systems
(o)
Bodywork, covers and panels
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 25
Mobile plant and vehicles that are defective will be removed from use in work areas and
taken to a repair facility on the Worksite or removed from the Worksite.
Repair work will only be carried out by trained and authorised mobile plant and vehicle repair
technicians.
Whenever maintenance work is ongoing the machinery or equipment will be isolated and deenergized.
All mobile plant and vehicle operators will hold relevant Qatari driving licenses for the
category of plant or vehicle that they operate. In addition operators of mobile plant will be in
possession of a 3rd party training certificate to verify that they have the skills necessary for
safe use of the plant.
Operators will use mobile plant and vehicles only in accordance with their operating manuals.
The Contractor will conduct a job hazard analysis for each item of machinery and equipment
that will be used.
10
The following site rules will be observed by all mobile plant and vehicle operators:
Mobile plant and delivery vehicles will not be reversed without a banks man in
attendance.
(b)
No passengers will be carried on mobile plant or vehicles other that in seats that are
specifically designed for carrying passengers.
TC
(a)
The Contractor shall prevent oil / fuel leak causing environmentally pollution.
12
The Contractor will eliminate or reduce the associated hazards for construction lift such as,
construction lift failure, falling persons and falling objects by meeting or bettering these
specifications. And:
AM
11
(a)
All construction lifts will have flat base plates without holes or openings, enclosed sides
and roof that are designed to prevent from falling objects.
(b)
All construction lifts will have overload protection devices that prevent movement of the
platform if it is overloaded.
10.5.4
Existing Utilities
Prior to excavating in any area, the location of existing utilities shall be confirmed from asbuilt drawings, contact with utility authorities and trial holes.
Excavation in the vicinity of any utility shall be carried out to the requirements of the utility
owner.
Protection for utilities is the least effective means of controlling any associated risk. Where
Contractors use this method the following will be provided:
(a)
Marker posts or blocks that clearly indicate the nature, depth and path of all
underground utilities.
(b)
Where traffic routes pass over underground utilities temporary protection will be
provided. Warning signs stating the maximum vehicle weight that may safely cross the
utility will be positioned on the access route at each side of the utility.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 26
(c)
Temporary barriers or fences that run parallel to the route of any overhead utilities.
Warning signs detailing the nature of any overhead utilities on the barriers or fences.
(d)
Where traffic routes pass below overhead utilities warning signs stating the maximum
vehicle height and height restrictors will be positioned on the access route at each side
of the overhead utility.
Where any construction activity adjacent to a utility is undertaken the minimum clearance
distances will be clearly established and communicated to each and every person involved
with the construction activity.
Traffic routes and material stockpile areas will be clearly identified and established prior to
excavation work commencing. All excavation areas, traffic routes and stockpile areas are to
be surveyed for overhead services. Any services identified are to be removed or clearly
marked with height restrictors and warning information.
10.5.5
Excavations
During the planning stage all materials and equipment required for the safe excavation work
must be clearly identified. Such equipment and materials may include the following:
Shoring
(b)
Solid Barriers
(c)
Vehicle stop blocks
(d)
Access ladders or scaffolding
(e)
Ventilation
(f)
Lighting
(g)
Signage
(h)
Pumps
(i)
Generators
(j)
Air Monitoring Devices
(k)
Movement Monitoring Equipment
(l)
Rescue Equipment
AM
TC
(a)
For all excavation work a competent excavation supervisor will be appointed. The level of
training and experience required to determine competence will vary depending on the
complexity of the excavation. He will have previous experience of the type of excavation work
to be undertaken and formal Occupational Health and Safety training relating to the safety of
excavation work.
Temporary safety barriers should be used to protect workers and the travelling public from
excavations that are more than 300mm deep in accordance with the Qatar Work Zone Traffic
Management Guide.
Once the design requirements are known a job hazard analysis of the excavation work will be
completed by the excavation supervisor with the assistance of Occupational Health and
Safety staff and engineers as required. The Job Hazard Analysis will clearly identify the job
specific risks and control measures for the excavation work.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 27
Prior to commencement of any excavation work all persons involved will be given a pre-work
briefing based on the Job Hazard Analysis relating to the risks and required control measures
for the excavation work. The appointed excavation supervisor will be responsible for
presenting and recording the briefing.
Prior to commencement of work all materials, plant and equipment will be checked to ensure
that they are in good condition. In particular the condition of all mechanical excavators will be
checked to ensure that:
(a)
All windows in the drivers cab are clean, unbroken and unobstructed.
(b)
Rear view mirrors are securely attached, unbroken and clean.
(c)
All track plates and connectors are in good condition and secured with proprietary
locking pins.
(d)
All dipper arm joints and attachments are secured with proprietary pins and locking
pins.
(e)
All task and indicator lighting is in working order.
Trucks will only be operated by persons with valid Qatari driving licenses. Plant such as
excavators, loading shovels etc shall only be operated by trained and competent operators
that hold valid 3rd Party certification for the type of plant being operated. This certification is
required in addition to Qatari driving license requirements.
When the reversing of trucks is necessary for the collection or delivery of materials a banks
man will be in attendance. All banks men will be provided with high visibility clothing and be
trained in the safety aspects of reversing vehicles. Where vehicles are reversing up to an
excavation or travelling alongside an excavation vehicle stop blocks or vehicle barriers will be
provided to prevent them falling into the excavation.
Continuous adequate solid barriers will be placed around all excavations over 1.2m deep at a
distance at least of 1.2m. Where night time pedestrian or vehicle access is adjacent to
excavation then all solid barriers will be fitted with warning lights.
10
Pedestrian access to and from all excavations will be by means of ladder or adequately
constructed staircases. The possibility of a person falling from a height of more than 2m from
the access will be prevented. The horizontal distance between access points will not exceed
15m.
11
All ladders used on the Project will be manufactured in accordance with an internationally
recognised standard. Any ladder that is found to be defective will be removed from use
immediately.
12
All straight ladders will be positioned at an angle to minimize the risk of slipping or falling
backwards. The distance between the base of the vertical plane and the base of the ladder
will be 1 unit out for each 4 units in height of the vertical plane.
13
Ladders that are used to gain access from one level to another will extend at least 1m above
the upper level surface. Where a general access ladder run extends a distance of more than
6m a landing point with a firm level platform and fall prevention measures will be provided at
each and every 6m.
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 28
14
Excavations shall be kept clean and tidy at all times. Accumulated waste and unused
materials will be removed from excavations on a daily basis. All excavations will be
thoroughly cleaned prior to any backfilling operations commencing.
15
To prevent the risk associated with falling objects excavated materials, other materials and
equipment shall not be stored at the edge of any excavation. A clear distance of 2m shall be
maintained around all excavations.
10.5.6
Warning Signs
The Contractor shall set up and maintain (cleaned and legible) throughout the course of the
Contract enough traffic diversion signs in accordance with the Qatar Work Zone Traffic
Management Guide and additional warning signs & guides.
Additional areas that require warnings signs and barriers are:

Excavations over 1.2m deep
(b)
Any edge, opening or platform from where a person may fall more than 2m
(c)
Electrical transformers and substations
(d)
Confined space entry points
(e)
Areas below and around working at height and heavy lifting operations
(f)
Areas of open water more than 1m deep
(g)
Areas where flammable goods are stored
(h)
Areas where radiation sources are used or stored
(i)
Areas within Worksites that are classed as non-construction areas
(j)
Areas within non construction areas where construction activity is on-going
(k)
Areas below overhead utilities
(l)
Areas above underground services
(m)
Areas where test and commissioning activities are on-going
AM
TC
(a)
Warning signs will clearly state the nature of the hazard and instruct people of the correct
actions to take. Warning signs will be manufactures in accordance with internationally
recognised standards. All signs will be in English, Arabic and the languages preferred (can
be understand) by the workers on the Worksite.
All safety barriers and barricades are to comply with the Qatar Work Zone Traffic
Management Guide..
10.5.7
Confined Spaces
Entry into a confined space will only be permitted where a competent person is appointed to
directly supervise the work. The competent person will hold a certificate of training or license
that is issued by a 3rd party. The competent person will be appointed in writing by the
Contractor and the appointment will be copied to the employer.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 29
Any person that enters into a confined space will have received formal training in the safe
methods of entry and working in a confined space. Such training will include the
arrangements for emergency communication and response. In addition every person that
enters into a confined space will be given a briefing by the appointed competent person
relating to the specific hazards of the work and the control measures that have been detailed
in the job hazard analysis.
Any person that acts as an attendant for confined space work will have received formal
training in the safe methods of rescue from a confined space and the arrangements for
emergency communications with external emergency services.
The contractor will only permit trained workers, under the direct supervision of an authorised
competent person, with confined space attendants present, to enter a confined space.
Internal combustion engines will not be taken into a confined space or operated in a position
where their exhaust gasses may be drawn into the confined space.
Persons entering into a confined space will wear a full body rescue harness that is attached
to a rescue line anchored outside the confined space
The contractor will implement a safe working procedure for confined space entry that
includes the following:
Preparation of a confined space entry permit
(b)
Provision of all equipment necessary for entering into and working in the confined
space including access, lighting, mechanical ventilation, gas detectors,
communication, personal protective equipment and emergency rescue equipment. All
such equipment will be manufactured in accordance with internationally recognised
standards
(c)
Provision of warning signs and barriers around the confined space entry point
(d)
Setting up emergency communication and rescue equipment
(e)
Issue of a permit to enter the confined space
(f)
Checking of the atmosphere inside the confined space and installation of ventilation
equipment
(g)
Installation of lighting
(h)
Entry into and work in the confined space.
(i)
Monitoring of conditions in the confined space.
(j)
Continuous checking and recording of all persons entering into and exiting from the
confined space by the confined space attendant
(k)
Completion of work and removal of all equipment from the confined space
(l)
Accounting for all persons and equipment that entered the confined space
(m)
Securing the entry point to the confined space
(n)
Closing the confined space entry permit
AM
TC
(a)
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 30
Lifting Operation
The Contractor will appoint a competent lifting operations supervisor for the Worksite. The
lifting operation supervisor will ensure that the requirements of this specification are met at all
times.
Rigging of loads and signalling of cranes will be undertaken only by trained and competent
persons. All riggers will be required to wear a blue construction safety helmet and a red high
visibility vest for the purpose of easy identification on the Worksite.
Cranes will only be operated by trained and competent operators who are in possession of an
operators license issued by a 3rd party. In addition appropriate Qatari driving licenses are
required for all mobile equipments.
A thorough examination of each lifting appliance will be made by a 3rd party inspector at
periods not exceeding 12 months and after substantial re-erection, alteration or repair. Load
capacity to be displayed.
All lifting appliances on the Worksite will have a copy of the manufacturers operating manual
and load rating charts available for use and kept with the operator cabinet or machine.
Before a mobile crane is positioned for a lift, attention will be paid to the condition of the
ground upon which the crane will stand, as this will be subjected to high point-loadings from
outriggers or tyres. Dependent upon the nature of the ground and/or the size of the crane to
be used, a special hard standing may have to be prepared.
The maximum safe working wind speeds for all construction activity and in particular lifting
operations and Working at height activity is 25 Knots. The construction will monitor the
weather conditions and suspend work when wind speeds in excess of the maximum safe
working speeds are anticipated.
Outriggers will be properly set and locked if a locking device is provided. When controlled
remotely from the cab, the operator will make a physical check to ensure that each pad has
an adequate bearing before a load is lifted. Sound timber packing or metal plates will be used
under each outrigger pad to distribute the load. It is essential that outriggers are supported at
the jacking points and not under the outrigger beams. Also, lifting location to be barrier off.
A method statement and job hazard analysis will be provided to the Engineer for all structural
steel erection activity. No structural steelwork erection will commence prior to approval of the
method statement and job hazard analysis by the Engineer. All structural steel erectors will
be fully conversant with the construction method, sequence and hazard control measures
prior to any work activity commencing.
10.5.9
Lifting Gear
Lifting gear means any chain sling, rope sling, or similar gear, and any ring, link, hook, plate
clamp, shackle, swivel or eye bolt, used on the Worksite.
All lifting gear will be subjected to a thorough examination by a competent person from 3rd
party at intervals not exceeding 6 months. Identity number and SWL to be check.
AM
TC
10.5.8
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 31
A wire rope used in raising, lowering or suspension of a load, will not be used if it is kinked,
significantly rusted, the core is visible or the rope has visible broken wires, exceeding 5% of
the total or in any length equal to 10 times the diameter of the rope.
Riggers will check the condition of lifting gear prior to each and every lift.
Any lifting gear that is found to be defective will be removed from service and sprayed with
red paint to indicate that it is not to be used. All defective equipment will be removed from the
Worksite.
A system will be established on the Worksite for storage of all lifting equipment not regularly
in use. Such equipment will not be left in the work areas.
10.5.10 Scaffolding
For all scaffolding construction activity and dismantling activity a competent scaffolding
supervisor will be appointed. The level of training and experience required to determine
competence will vary depending on the complexity of the scaffolding structure to be erected
or dismantling. Industry standards and codes detail competency requirements.
All employees involved in scaffolding construction activities and dismantling activity will be
trained in the safe methods of working and in particular the manner in which fall prevention or
arrest is to be achieved. Contractors will maintain detailed information of the training provided
and the methods that they have used for assessment of competency and suitability for all
employees undertaking scaffolding construction activities.
All scaffolding erection areas and dismantling areas will be provided with barriers and
warning signs to exclude all personnel that are not specifically involved with the scaffolding
construction and dismantling activity. Where such areas are adjacent to roadways barriers
with a capability to prevent vehicles entering the area will be erected or dismantling. Where
such areas are adjacent to members of the public or 3rd parties then screening and falling
object protection will be provided. The appointed scaffolding supervisor is to be made
responsible for ensuring that exclusion zones are in place and maintained at all times whilst
scaffolding construction and dismantling activity is on-going.
All materials being used for scaffolding construction will be checked prior to them being used
to ensure they are in good condition. Any materials found to be defective will be clearly
marked as defective and discarded or removed from the construction area to ensure that
they are not used.
Scaffolding that has been constructed in accordance with the design will be inspected for use
by displaying green scaff tag at all access points of the scaffolding detailing the following
information:
AM
TC
(a)
the unique identification and location of the scaffolding inspected
(b)
the name of the person making the inspection
(c)
the date that the inspection was completed
(d)
the intended use and capacity of the scaffolding
(e)
the required re-inspection frequency for the scaffolding
The person making the scaffold inspection will maintain written details of the inspection that
they have conducted to enable them to verify their scaff tag system.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 32
All scaffolding that does not display green scaff tag for use will be fitted with red scaff tag
states that the scaffolding is not fit for use and the access points will be removed or made
unusable.
Users of scaffolding will at all times conduct their work in a manner that eliminates the
possibility of falling objects.
Users of scaffolding are to be prohibited from altering or dismantling any part of scaffolding.
10
Users of scaffolding are required to maintain unobstructed access and egress at all times. All
debris and materials no longer required will be removed from scaffolding on a daily basis. All
materials and equipment used on scaffolding will be stored in a manner that does not
obstruct the free movement of the people using the scaffolding.
11
The frequency of re-inspection of scaffolding every 7(seven) days will be displayed on the
green scaff tag. Users of scaffolding are required to check that the period of re-inspection
has not been exceeded before using the scaffolding. In any case where the re-inspection
date has been exceeded the user will request the appointed scaffolding supervisor to make
the re-inspection and to re-sign the green scaff tag for use. The user will not access the
scaffolding until such time as the re-inspection has been made.
12
Before any dismantling activity is undertaken on scaffolding it will be removed from use. All
green scaff tag will be removed and replaced with red scaff tag which is not fit for use and all
scaffolding access points will be removed or made unusable.
AM
10.5.11 Hot work and Welding
TC
The contractor will only use electric welding equipment in accordance with the following
requirements:
(a)
Welding cables and equipment will be properly maintained and inspected before use.
Defective equipment will be removed from use and arrangement for repair will be
made.
(b)
Electric welding cables are to be kept as short as possible and routed away from
pedestrian walkway areas.
(c)
Electric welding operations will only be undertaken with earth return electrodes
connected to the work piece.
(d)
All connections between welding equipment and welding cables will be securely bolted.
(e)
Pipelines containing flammable liquids or gases, or electrical cables will not be used as
a ground.
(f)
When electrode holders are to be left unattended, the electrodes will be removed and
the holder placed where it is protected from unintentional contact.
(g)
A fire resistant container will be provided for spent electrode stubs.
(h)
Welding machines will be turned off when being moved or when the equipment is not
in use.
Tanks, vessels and drums that have contained flammable or toxic liquids will be filled with
water or thoroughly cleaned before hot work or welding is undertaken on them.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 33
Where coatings are present on materials to be heated the coating will be removed to prevent
the coating being heated.
Suitable portable fire extinguishing equipment will be located within 6 meters of any hot work
location.
10.5.12 Compressed Gas Cylinders

The Contractor will only use compressed fuel gasses in accordance with the following
requirements;
Cylinders will not be transported with regulators, gauges and hoses attached.
(b)
Cylinders will be transported in an upright position and will not be hauled in equipment
beds or truck beds on their side.
(c)
Cylinders lifted from one elevation to another will be lifted only in racks or containers
designed for that purpose. Cylinders will not be hoisted by the valve cap or by means
of magnets or slings.
(d)
Cylinders will not be used as, or placed where they may become part of, an electrical
circuit.
(e)
Cylinders will be protected from extreme heat and from being struck by moving
equipment and falling objects.
(f)
Cylinders will not be taken into a confined space.
(g)
Cylinders will not be used as rollers; will be transport on appropriate trolley.
(h)
Damaged or defective cylinders will not be used or be permitted to remain on the

Worksite.
(i)
Type of gas clearly marked on cylinders and segregation of incompatible gases is

required.
(j)
Oxygen cylinders will be kept free of oil and grease.
(k)
Cylinders will be secured in place during use and storage. Securing shall be around
the body of the cylinder, securing around the cylinder neck or cap will be prohibited.
(l)
Cylinder valves will be closed at all times when cylinders are not in use.
(m)
A key wrench is required to be in place on the valve of acetylene cylinders at all times
during use.
(n)
Fuel gas and oxygen hoses will be of different colours and will not be interchanged.
(o)
All hose, valve and regulator assemblies will incorporate a flashback arrestor.
(p)
Hoses are to be kept as short as possible and routed away from walkway areas.
(q)
Under no circumstances are damaged hoses or torches to be used.
(r)
Torches will be ignited by friction lighters or other approved devices only.
(s)
Fuel gases will only be used for the purposes of cutting or heating. They will never be
used for pressure testing or ventilation.
TC
(a)
AM
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 34
10.5.13 Working at Height

Contractors are required to reduce the risk of persons falling from height by providing a
means of fall prevention or arrest for every person on the Worksite that is exposed to a risk
of falling a distance of 2m or more.
Supervisors of persons using fall arrest systems will be trained in the correct installation, use
and maintenance of fall arrest systems. Training will be provided by a 3rd party. All persons
required to use fall arrest systems will receive formal training in safe working at height prior to
using such systems.
The use of safety belts as part of a fall arrest system is prohibited.
Safe access to the point at which a person will attach themselves to a fall arrest system will
be provided. In cases where a person using a safety harness has to detach the lanyard from
the anchor point and reattach it to a different anchor point, whilst being in a position where
the risk of falling exists, double lanyards will be used with one of the lanyards remaining
attached to the anchor point at all times.
Where any form of fall arrest system is used the contractor will put in place arrangements to
rescue any person that is caught by the fall arrest system. The rescue system and equipment
will be capable of rescuing any person that may be unconscious whilst suspended and or
suffering from suspension trauma. The system will be capable of rescuing the suspended
person within 3 minutes of the fall being arrested.
All edges of working platforms and work areas that objects may fall from will be provided with
securely fixed continuous toe boards that are at least 200mm high.
All holes and openings in floor areas will be fitted with temporary covers to prevent objects
falling to lower levels of the structure.
Where work is on-going on the exterior faces of structures the working platforms that are
used to gain access will be fitted with lightweight mesh or netting to prevent objects falling
from them.
Materials and equipment will not be stored or located within 2m of edges of working areas or
platforms.
10
All materials and waste that may be blown by the wind from raised structures will be secured
and stored in a manner that prevents them from being blown from the structure.
11
Where designated pedestrian walkways, entrances or exits are located beneath edges or
openings where work is on-going steel framed and sheeted canopies will be erected to
protect pedestrians from falling objects.
12
The contractor will produce a method statement and job hazard analysis for all roof and
canopy work activity. For work on new structures safety information will be obtained from the
designers and incorporated into the method statement and job hazard analysis. For work on
existing structures where design information is not available then a survey of the existing
structure will be made to identify hazards such as:
AM
TC
(a)
Fragile coverings
(b)
Holes and openings
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
(c)
Exposed edges
(d)
Lack of safe access
(e)
Damage or disrepair of the existing structure
(f)
Adjacent structures, facilities or services
Page 35
13
A method statement and job hazard analysis will be provided to the Engineer for all roof and
canopy work activity. No work will commence prior to approval of the method statement and
job hazard analysis by the Engineer. All roof and canopy installation workers will be fully
conversant with the construction method, sequence and hazard control measures prior to any
work activity commencing.
14
The contractor will meet the following roof and canopy work specific Occupational Health
and Safety requirements:
The storage of materials on roof surfaces will be minimized at all times
(b)
Storage of materials on roof surfaces is not permitted within 2m of any edge or eave
(c)
All openings and non-walkable areas will be protected by barriers and signage to
prevent pedestrian access
(d)
All waste will be removed from the work areas on a daily basis and prior to any areas
being left unattended
(e)
All areas of roof or canopy covering will be fully fixed at the time of positioning. The
practice of laying large areas of unfixed coverings is prohibited
TC
(a)
The structure that the suspended working platform is attached to or mounted on will be
surveyed and assessed to ensure that it is capable of supporting the loads that the
equipment will impose on it.
16
The installation, maintenance, use and dismantling of suspended working platforms will be
under the control of a competent person that is appointed by the Contractor. The competent
person will be fully familiar with each and every type of suspended working platform in use on
the Worksite. Persons who work from suspended working platforms will have received formal
training to ensure the safety of themselves and of other persons that may be affected by the
operation with particular emphasis on the correct use of the equipment, working at height and
falling object prevention.
17
The following requirements will be met for all use of suspended working platforms;
AM
15
(a)
Users will not alter or interfere with any part of the suspended working platform, control
or safety devices.
(b)
The work area below the suspended working platform will be clearly marked a
pedestrian exclusion zone will be created.
(c)
The user will check all controls and safety devices on a daily basis to ensure that they
are functioning correctly.
(d)
Use will cease whenever wind speed in excess of the maximum permissible is
anticipated.
(e)
The suspended working platform will be maintained in a horizontal position whilst it is

in use.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 36
(f)
The practice of transferring people or materials from the suspended working platform
is prohibited other than at the designated access points.
(g)
Every person working from a suspended working platform shall wear a full body safety
harness that is attached to an independent lifeline.
(h)
The platform will be kept free of loose materials or articles liable to endanger or
interfere with the workers hand hold or foot hold
(i)
The power supply will be disabled whenever the suspended working platform is left
unattended.
10.5.14 Electrical
This specification applies to all temporary electrical systems on the Worksite and all electrical
equipment used for construction, commissioning and testing purposes. The requirements
given are minimum requirements and Contractors are required to equal or better them.
A competent electrician or electrical engineer will be appointed or employed on every

contract. The competency requirements will be determined by the nature of the temporary
electrical system that will be installed on the Worksite
The Contractor will reduce risk by using cordless tools or electrical equipment that is
operated at reduced voltages. Only intrinsically safe electrical equipment will be permitted for
use at any location where flammable atmospheres may exist or confined space.
All electrical equipment used on the Worksite will be manufactured in accordance with an
internationally recognised standard.
Portable Power Tools will be of a double insulated type.
Jointing of all electrical cables and wires shall be by means of proprietary terminations or
connectors. The practice of twisting and taping electrical components together to create a
connection is prohibited.
Temporary power supplies for the Worksite may be provided from generators or via a
Worksite specific transformer connected to the national power network. All generators and
transformers on the Worksite shall be located in areas that are fenced and secured to
prevent any unauthorized entry. Each such location will be provided with portable fire
extinguishers. All electrical systems shall be bonded to the earth.
All electrical circuits that are created will be protected by earth leakage circuit breakers
(ELCB). All metal components of an electrical system shall be earthed. Distribution of
electrical power shall be provided through distribution panels and switches that are enclosed
or housed in securely closed and locked boxes or cabinets.
Warning signs that clearly indicate electrical hazards shall be fixed to all electrical switch
boxes and distribution panels. Similar signs shall be displayed at all transformers, generators
and overhead power line locations.
10
All signs and notices shall be in English and Arabic and the language preferred (can be
understand) by the workers employed on the Worksite.
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 37
All electricity supply cables shall be buried or properly supported and protected and shall be
armoured. Flexible cable shall only be allowed for hand lamps and hand held tools and shall
not exceed 6 metres in length. Industrial type plugs and sockets shall be used. All electrical
installations shall be in charge of a competent person who shall accept full responsibility for
its use and any alterations or additions thereto. The name, designation and telephone
number of such person shall be prominently displayed close to the main switch or circuit
breaker of the installation, and also in the Contractors site office.
10.6
FIRST AID
10.6.1
First Aid and Clinic
The Contractor shall provide and maintain first aid Boxes / Clinic (according to number of
workers as per Qatar Law No.14 of the Year 2004 The Labour Law) complete with all first
aid kits and equipment (as a minimum but not limited to Clean room with potable water
supply, Stretcher, Ambulance, Standby Vehicle, ... etc) necessary for the initial care of any of
the Contractors or Engineers personnel who may be injured.
The box shall be kept in a conspicuous place in the establishment and shall be available to
the workers.
The use of the box shall be entrusted to a worker trained in providing first-aid medical
services.
As a minimum, there should be a first aid box with Medical record book in all areas where
work is in progress.
The Contractor shall ensure that the first aid Kits and equipment at each first aid box / clinic
is complete and within expiration date in all respects at all times.
At each first aid box / clinic the names and contact Telephone numbers of the Contractors
staff who are trained to render first aid shall be displayed.
The Contractor shall provide and maintain Periodic medical examinations for workers and
follow up (maximum every year from employment date).
10.7
FIRE PRECAUTION AND PREVENTION
10.7.1
General
The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions against fire as required by the insurance
company insuring the Works, the Department of Civil Defence and the Engineer.
Quantities of flammable materials on site shall be kept to an absolute minimum and shall be
properly handled and stored. Any handling and storage recommendations made by Material
Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and the manufacturers of flammable materials shall be strictly
adhered to.
All flammable materials storage areas will be located at least 20m away from other
structures, areas where combustible materials are stored and areas where sources of ignition
are found. Storage areas will be freely ventilated to eliminate any possible build up of
flammable vapour or gas. Flammable material storage facilities will not be constructed of
combustible materials.
AM
TC
11
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 38
Except as otherwise provided herein, the Contractor shall not permit fires to be built or open
type heating devices to be used in any part of the Site.
The Contractor shall provide, regularly checked and maintain approved by Department of
Civil Defence fire fighting equipment in the site offices, the stores and about the Works where
applicable. The type, amount and location of fire fighting equipment shall be to the
requirements of the Department of Civil Defence. The Contractor shall confirm to the
Engineer in writing that the requirements of the Department of Civil Defence have been met.
The Contractor shall make arrangements with the Department of Civil Defence to inspect the
Works and promptly carry out their recommendations at his own expense if requested to do
so by the Engineer.
Combustible fuel oils shall be stored in designated storage areas. Fuel oil shall only be
contained in tanks or containers that are in good condition. Tanks and containers will be
located in bounded areas capable of containing any spillage or leak. Bounded areas will be
kept free of water and debris. All pump equipment and fuel oil lines or hoses will be
maintained regularly to ensure that there no leaking parts. Fuel oil lines and hoses will be
terminated with filler nozzles or valves that stop the flow of fuel oil when the device is not
held. Any electrical equipment such as lighting and pumps that is located in fuel oil storage
areas shall have an operating voltage of 110V or less.
Hot work and welding operations at height require particular controls to prevent people or
materials below being exposed to the risks of the work activity, the following controls will be
put in place;
AM
TC
(a)
All work activity will be coordinated with other activities in areas below
(b)
Areas below will be cleared of all combustible and flammable materials.
(c)
Fire blanket / Fire retardant material will be used to cover any combustible materials
that cannot be cleared.
(d)
Fire blanket / Fire retardant material must be removed after hot work and welding
activities are completed.
(e)
A fire watchman will remain at the site of hot work activity for 30 minutes after work is
finished.
The Contractor will provide training in the correct selection and use of portable fire
extinguishers for every person employed at the Worksite.
10
Portable fire extinguishers will be provided at the following locations:
11
(a)
Every electrical generator, transformer and main distribution panel
(b)
Every piece of mobile plant and equipment
(c)
Every area of flammable materials storage and use
(d)
Every area of hot work activity
(e)
Every temporary structure
(f)
Every work area where combustible materials are present.
Smoking will be prohibited in any areas where flammable or combustible materials are
stored. It will also be prohibited in any temporary structure other than in clearly designated
and defined smoking areas. Smoking areas will be cleaned on a daily basis, a means of
extinguishing cigarettes will be provided.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 39
12
Fire escape routes, exits and assembly areas will be provided for all enclosed temporary
structures and permanent structures under construction. All such areas will be kept free from
obstructions at all times. Wherever possible in permanent structures under construction the
fire escape routes, exits and assembly areas used will be those designed for use in the
occupied structure.
13
Information and warning signs will be provided at the following locations or areas:
(a)
Flammable materials stores
(b)
Combustible materials stores
(c)
Temporary fire systems
(d)
Portable fire extinguishers
(e)
Fire escape routes, exits and assembly areas.
14
The Contractor shall make all arrangements to keep access for Fire Brigade cleared and
Emergency Alarms audible in all areas.
10.7.2
Emergency Equipment
Temporary fire protection equipment for the Worksite will be provided by the Contractor for
the duration of the contract. Such equipment may include but is not be limited to:
Portable fire extinguishers
(b)
Fire sand buckets
(c)
Fire water storage and distribution systems
(d)
Fire suppression systems
(e)
Fire / Smoke / Gas detection systems
(f)
Fire warning / Alarm / Emergency Evacuation systems
(g)
Procedures
(h)
Emergency contact telephone numbers / Communications
(i)
Breathing apparatus and / or respirators (if applicable)
(j)
Torches
(k)
Loud Hailer
(l)
Emergency lighting
(m)
Adequate and safe Emergency Exit / Doors are provided
(n)
Assembly / Muster point
AM
TC
(a)
Escape routes, access ways to alarm points, extinguishers, hydrants and other fire fighting
equipment and first aid kits kept clear of obstruction at all times
All structures that are normally occupied by five to twenty five people will be provided with the
following:
(a)
Portable fire extinguisher equipment.
(b)
First aid kit.
QCS 2014
(c)
Trained first aider.
(d)
Emergency contact information notices.
(e)
Telephone or radio communication equipment.
Page 40
All temporary facility structures that are normally occupied by twenty five to one hundred
people will be provided with the above plus the following:
(a)
Smoke detectors
(b)
One first aid kit for each 25 people.
(c)
Designated emergency evacuation routes.
(d)
An emergency preparedness and evacuation plan.
(e)
An emergency alarm system.
(f)
An emergency evacuation drill at periods not exceeding 6 months.
(g)
An area set aside for the heating and consumption of food.
All temporary facilities structures that are normally occupied by more than 100 people will be
provided with the above plus the following:
(a)
A fire water system
(b)
An appointed nurse
(c)
Emergency lighting system
TC
Section 01: General

Part
All temporary fire protection equipment will be manufactured, inspected, tested and
maintained in accordance with the Department of Civil Defence or internationally recognised
standards.
10.7.3
Hazardous Substances
The Contractor will control the use, handling, transportation and storage of hazardous
substances to reduce the associated health risks. These requirements below are the
minimum that the Contractor will meet to comply with their contractual Occupational Health
and Safety obligations.
Radioactive materials are hazardous substances and any use of such materials on Site will
require a method statement and job hazard analysis to be submitted to the Engineer for
approval prior to any radioactive material being delivered to the Worksite.
Where any spillage of liquid occurs the contractor will take action to immediately clean the
spillage and remove any contaminated materials from the Worksite.
To effectively control the hazards associated with the use, storage, handling and
transportation of hazardous substances the Contractor will:
AM
(a)
Maintain a register of all hazardous substances on the Worksite
(b)
Obtain Material Safety Data Sheets for all hazardous substances
(c)
Make an assessment of the health risks associated with the intended use of each
hazardous substance
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 41
(d)
Provide the control measures required to reduce the risks identifies to acceptable
levels. Acceptability will be based on internationally recognised best practices and
standards
(e)
Train people that use, handle or transport hazardous substances in the associated
risks and control measures
(f)
Provide routine health checks for employees that are exposed to hazardous
substances
(g)
Provide appropriate spill containment and disposal Spill kit
(h)
Toxic/ hazardous substance correctly tagged/ labelled/ signage and secured
(i)
Adequate storage provided and Class B fire extinguisher near by
SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC
10.8.1
Working in Public Areas
The Contractor must ensure that control measures are in place to protect the public,
workforce and assets by providing appropriate lighting, fencing, barricades, and lockable
units. Adequate levels of security including the use of trained security guards will be required.
The Contractor must also ensure appropriate warning signage is displayed and where
appropriate safe pedestrian walkways are identified and maintained.
Safety and security procedures shall be implemented in accordance with the Qatar Work
Zone Traffic Management Guide and as required by the Department of Civil Defence and the
police. These shall be included, as a minimum, warning signs and lights, adequate
barricades, railings, road hump for reduced & control speed and other safeguards as
required by the nature and location of the work being undertaken.
Access to all properties shall be maintained by adequately sign posted diversions, temporary
bridges or other facilities.
A night watchman shall be assigned to ensure that all barricades, lights and other protective
apparatus are maintained during the hours of darkness.
Designated pedestrian routes will be clearly signed and with firm even surfaces that are free
from distractions. Where such routes traverse level changes they will be slopped at gradients
not exceeding 10% or cut with steps of even height and a tread width of at least 400mm.
Slopes and steps will have anti-slip surfaces. Where the edges of pedestrian routes are
raised more than 1.2m above the surrounding level solid barriers will be provided at each
raised edge to prevent people from falling.
All such equipment shall be routed away from pedestrian access areas. Where such
equipment crosses pedestrian areas it will be located under the pedestrian area or over it at a
height of at least 2.5m above the surface. Where such equipment is routed over a pedestrian
area it will be clearly marked with warning signs.
No electrical cables, hoses or pipes shall be routed along any staircase, ladder access or
across any doorway. This applies to both temporary and permanent works.
AM
TC
10.8
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 42
Contractor shall provide Client with photocopies of passports, police clearances and any
similar personal security documentation necessary to obtain Client temporary identification
cards and passes for Contractor Personnel to enter Client STP / PTP / premises. Contractor
shall ensure that Contractor Personnel display such identification at all times when they are
on Client STP / PTP / premises.
The Contractor will provide a method statement and job hazard analysis for all demolition and
dismantling activities. Everyone involved in the work needs to know what measures are to be
taken to control the risks and a pre work briefing based on the method statement and job
hazard analysis will be given and recorded by the supervisor. Workers will be closely
supervised to ensure that the control measures required are put into practice. An exclusion
zone will be created around the demolition or dismantling area to prevent persons not directly
involved with the work activity around the work area gaining access. The Contractor will not
allow materials to fall into any area where people are working or passing through. Protection
screens, fences or canopies may be needed to control falling objects.
10.9
WELFARE, SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF WORKMEN
10.9.1
General
The Contractor must make arrangements for suitable welfare facilities to be present from the
start of the work. There are specific requirements for provision of welfare facilities in the
(Section 11, Part 1 Regulatory Document, 1.1.8, Appendix 1)
10.9.2
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) / Attire
All the Contractors personnel shall be provided with safety helmets, eye protection and foot
protection. Safety helmets, eye protection and foot protection shall be worn at all times by all
Contractors personnel on the Site except.
All the Contractors personnel shall be provided with gloves, hearing protection, safety
reflecting vests, dust mask and other protective clothing suitable for the nature of work they
are performing and their working environment (Shorts and sleeveless shirts are prohibited).
All the Contractors personnel shall wear high visibility clothing as the outer layer of clothing
at all times when working on a road or within a road works zone in accordance with the Qatar
Work Zone Traffic Management Guide.
The need for other types of PPE will be identified by the contractor as part of their job hazard
analysis or risk assessment process.
The Contractor will display signage detailing the requirements for mandatory PPE throughout
to Worksite. Signage shall be in a format that is easily recognisable to all persons on site
regardless of their preferred language.
10.9.3
Safety Equipment
Construction equipment must only be used in the manner and limitations for which it is
designed, inspected regularly with colour code sticker and Qatar license for driver / operators
must be available.
Adequate hard barricading, temporary bridges, temporary footpaths, lighting, warning tape
and sign posting shall be provided at all excavations.
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 43
Adequate bracing and shoring shall be provided at all excavations. 2m spoils clearance from
the excavated pit and sloping shall be maintained (if applicable).
Correctly made ladders must be provided for access into excavations and onto scaffolding
and buildings. Contractors self-made ladders shall not be used.
Scaffolding shall be erected in accordance with the international recognize standard, best
practises and manufacturers recommendations and shall be fitted with toe boards, guardrails
(top & mid rail), proper access, fully boarded platforms, tagging system and hand railing
(refer to 10.3.10).
The following basic safety equipment is required for any works in confined spaces and shall
be supplied by the Contractor:
gas detectors/monitors complete with carrying case, rechargeable batteries and
battery charger, calibration kit, all to the approval of the Engineer; consumable items
and sensors to be replaced in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations
during the course of the Contract (2 No.)
(b)
full body rescue safety harness with lifelines and shackles (6 No.)
(c)
lifting frame complete with fall arrest device (1 No.)
(d)
constant flow escape breathing apparatus complete with storage cases (2 No.)
(e)
automatic positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus complete with

storage case (1 No.)
TC
(a)
The Contractor shall maintain all safety equipment in good working order with up to date
calibration and test certificates where appropriate.
The Contractor shall ensure that any personnel working above 2 m using fall protection
devices with valid 3rd party certificate and to provide them proper training in the selection and
use of fall protection devices.
The Contractor shall provide and maintain in good working order one compressed air escape
respirator set (Drger Saver Auto PP or similar) in the Contractors site office.
10
One oxygen resuscitation unit shall be provided in the Contractors site office.
11
Truck or Trailer Mounted Attenuators (TMAs), or lorry mounted crash cushions must be used
in accordance with the Qatar Work Zone Traffic Management Guide.
10.9.4
Support Facilities for Contractors Staff and Labour
The Contractor shall provide, regularly clean and maintain for the duration of the Contract
potable water, washing facilities and sufficient Toilets (with steel exhaust fan) & sanitary
facilities for use by workmen in accommodation areas, at messing facilities and in areas
where work is in progress.
The Contractor shall provide and maintain for the duration of the Contract messing facilities
and a separate designated area for the consumption of food for his staff and labourers.
Cooking and dining facilities that are provided will be operated and maintained in a clean and
hygienic condition. Food preparation and storage areas will be separated from eating areas.
AM
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 44
(a)
No person with any communicable disease will be permitted to work in any kitchen or
dining room
(b)
Kitchen workers who have cuts or skin conditions on their hands will not be permitted
to work in any kitchen or dining area
(c)
Kitchen workers that handle or serve food will wear latex gloves, hairnets and clean
clothing.
When allowed for in the Project Documentation, the Contractor may provide accommodation
facilities for his staff and labourers at the Site. Such facilities shall be maintained in a proper
manner and to the satisfaction of the appropriate government departments and the Engineer.
The Contractor shall provide transportation between staff accommodation and areas of work
for his staff and labourers.
The Contractor shall provide sufficient bins for waste and scrap regularly collected,
segregated and removed from site.
Arrangements for the temporary storage of waste on site shall be made in clearly designated
and defined areas that have fences and signs to clearly indicate the nature of the waste
where combustible wastes are stored portable fire extinguishers will be provided.
Waste collection points will be provided throughout the work areas and will be clearly marked
with signage to indicate the nature of the waste that is to be collected. Waste will be
separated and collected in the following categories:
Metals
(b)
Oils
(c)
Concrete & Stone
(d)
Tyre & rubber
(e)
Glass
(f)
General
(g)
Food
(h)
Sewage
(i)
Chemical
AM
(a)
TC
Where temporary facilities are created for the storage of materials and equipment such areas
shall be clearly defined and fenced. Notices will be displayed to indicate the nature of the
storage area.
(a)
Any hazardous substances that are stored shall only be kept in accordance with the
suppliers recommendations and the requirements of the Hazardous Substances
Specifications.
(b)
Flammable materials and fuel oil storage areas must be separated from other
temporary structures or works under construction by a distance of 30m.
(c)
Where materials are stored in stacks they will not be stacked to a height of more than
1.5 m where the materials are to be manually handled. Materials for mechanical
handling that are on pallets or contained in bins will not be stacked more that 3 units
high with the base bin or pallet being on firm level ground.
QCS 2014
(d)
Page 45
Circular materials such as pipes and tubes will be stored in a manner that prevents
item from rolling. They will be placed in a container or frame, or have timber wedges of
an adequate size inserted between the materials and the ground to prevent rolling.
The Contractors will make arrangements to maintain an adequate working environment and
take into account the requirements of this specification to fulfil their contractual obligations
relating to Occupational Health and Safety. Adequate arrangements will be based on
internationally recognised standards.
(a)
Ergonomics and proper layout of work area.
(b)
Darkness or poor visibility increases the risk of persons on the Worksite slipping,
tripping or falling. It also increased the risk of operator error for plant, vehicle,
machinery and equipment operations. To reduce such risks the Contractor will provide
the following:
(i)
Temporary lighting for all Worksite access areas and roads that will be used
during the hours of darkness.
(ii)
Task lighting for all work activity at night or in areas with poor visibility.
(iii)
Emergency lighting for pedestrian access routes in areas of poor visibility and
those used during night time working.
(iv)
Ensure the absence of glare.
(v)
Proper lighting in corridors.
TC
10
Section 01: General

Part
Summer Working Conditions and fatigue
During the period from June 15th until August 31st, work under direct sun rays is prohibited
from 11:30 am to 3:00 pm unless special arrangement is taken by the Contractor to control
and ease effect of the direct sun on the workers. This arrangement should be approved by
the Engineers Representative and should be agreed upon before implementation.
High outdoor temperatures expose persons on the Worksite to the risk of dehydration. The
Contractor will provide shaded rest areas, rest periods and drinking water supplies for all
persons on the Worksite.
Sunlight exposes persons on the Worksite to the risk of skin disorders. Employers will
provide work wear that covers the skin for employees working in direct sunlight. Sunlight may
also cause glare for operators of mobile plant, vehicles, machinery and equipment which
increases the risk of operator errors. The Contractor will provide shaded operating positions
to reduce such risks.
Contractor shall develop suitable management arrangements to control working hours and/
or shift patterns in order to address and manage the risk of fatigue.
10.9.6
Additional Environmental Protection and Pollution Control
The Contractor shall comply with all conditions of Environmental Clearance issued for the
Contract by the Ministry of Environment (MoE), and also where relevant, the predecessor to
the MoE, the Supreme Council for the Environment and Natural Reserves.
The Contractor shall comply with all rules and regulations regarding environmental protection
and pollution control issued by the MoE, and also where relevant, the predecessor to the
MoE, the Supreme Council for the Environment and Natural Reserves.
AM
10.9.5
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 46
10.9.7
Plant and Equipment Test Certificates
Cranes, whether used to construct the Works or provided as part of the permanent Works,
must have a current test certificate.
Each sling, shackle or other item of loose lifting tackle, whether used to construct the Works
of provided as part of the permanent Works, must have either a current manufacturers test
certificate or a current test certificate.
Test certificates must be issued by a competent testing authority approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor must have a copy of each test certificate on site available for inspection by
the Engineer.
The following British Standards and Code of Practice shall be complied with:
(b)
Overhead Cranes: BS 466 and BS 5744
(c)
Slings: BS 1290
(d)
Chain Blocks: BS 3243
(e)
Shackles: Alloy : BS 3551, High Tensile Steel : BS 3032
LABOUR ACCOMODATION
10.10.1 General
1
TC
Mobile and Tower Cranes: BS 1757, BS 2799 and CP 3010
AM
10.10
(a)
These specifications for workers' accommodation can be accepted for implementation as

long as in the interest of the worker provided they do not disturb the labour accommodation
requirements of the decision of the Minister of Labour No. (17) for the year 2005 or any other
matters developed in this context.
10.10.2 Quality of Labour Accommodation

1
The Contractor shall provide space per person that meets or exceeds what is required by
local legislation or 4.5 m2 per person within each room/accommodation unit.
The residential density shall not exceed (the lower of): that specified by appropriate local
regulation or 4 persons per room/accommodation unit.
The Contractor shall provide personal storage space for residents belongings including
secure storage for valuables.
The Contractor shall provide allowances for open spaces and pedestrian movement (e.g.
hard surface walkways with minimum 0.75 m width) and shaded communal areas.
Where permissible under local planning guidelines, the Contractor shall provide air
conditioned communal areas such as television/games rooms.
The Contractor shall designate pick up and drop off points (for buses) in such a way as to
minimize walking distances for residents and to minimize noise and air quality impacts on
residential buildings.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 47
The Contractor shall configure buildings/units in such a way as to create a sense of place
and community.
The Contractor shall provide tea and coffee making facilities in kitchen and mess areas.
The Contractor shall provide physical barriers (e.g. fencing or landscaping) to visually screen
the camp from adjacent worksites, etc.
10
The Contractor shall provide written evidence that all local planning guidelines have been
adhered to when designing large scale, project related, labour accommodation facilities.
Local planning guidelines indicate the numbers and type of community facilities which should
be provided for a given population. Consideration shall be given at planning stage to the
availability and capacity of communal facilities and spaces in the surrounding area. Where
such facilities are not readily accessible, provision of public transport to access such facilities
shall be considered.
11
The Contractor shall be aware of any changes in law relating to the provision of temporary
labour accommodation.
10.10.3 Provision for Fire Safety

The Contractor shall provide for adequate fire-fighting equipment in the labour
accommodation (notwithstanding other local laws and regulations requiring same).
All relevant signage, notices, documentation and training relating to fire safety at labour
accommodation shall be provided in appropriate languages, based on the demographics of
the facility.
10.10.4 Provision for Health Care
AM
TC
The Contractor shall retain detailed records of all medical treatment carried out on-site.
Records shall be retained for all instances of residents being transported for off-site medical
attention. Such records shall include, as a minimum, the name, age and nationality of the
treated party, and the nature of the complaint. These records shall be used to identify
medical trends and implement proactive treatment to reduce absenteeism.
The Contractor shall provide all labour accommodation residents with access to a level of
healthcare beyond basic first aid. Such facilities shall be readily accessible by residents,
staffed by professional medical staff and have appropriate provisions and equipment. The
exact specification of the facility shall be determined on a case-by-case basis, depending on
the location and population of the labour accommodation.
The Contractor shall provide a facility to transport those requiring medical attention from the
labour accommodation to and from appropriate off-site medical facilities, free-of-charge and
in a timely manner.
The Contractor shall provide medical insurance for all workers in accordance with Qatar
Labour Law.
The Contractor shall include a Public Health Training module as part of induction training for
all new labour accommodation residents. As a minimum, this shall address:
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 48
(a)
Personal hygiene and the appropriate use of the sanitary facilities provided (flush
toilets, showers, hand washing, waste disposal facilities etc.).
(b)
Awareness of communicable diseases (including Sexually Transmitted Diseases), their

transmission and prevention.
(c)
Practical information regarding residents rights and means of access to on-site and
off-site medical facilities.
(d)
Food safety.
(e)
Littering, safe disposal of waste and related community hygiene standards.
The Contractor shall promote public health awareness throughout all facets of the
accommodation. This shall include:
(a)
Signage in kitchens, bathrooms etc. promoting hygienic practices.
(b)
Educational videos and presentations.
10.10.5 Access to Transport

The Contractor shall provide access to transport, free-of-charge to/from:
Worksites, including backup services from worksite to labour accommodation for those
who failed to access scheduled services.
(b)
Availability nearby for community facilities, shops and recreation areas during leisure
time.
(c)
Religious facilities at suitable times.
(d)
Off-site medical facilities, including emergency access at all times.
TC
(a)
AM
Transport services shall be scheduled in such a way as to minimise waiting times and
maximise accessibility.
The Contractor shall use safe modes of transport only. The practice of transporting workers
in open-back trucks is forbidden.
10.10.6 Access to Religious, Social and Domestic Facilities

1
The size and number of religious, social and domestic facilities shall be relative to and
appropriate to the population of the labour accommodation.
The Contractor shall facilitate access to religious facilities for those required to work on
Fridays.
The Contractor shall provide an on-site hall to facilitate religious practices. Alternatively,
transport may be provided to facilitate off-site worship.
The Contractor shall provide adequate shaded areas to facilitate social interaction. Similarly,
an appropriately sized, air-conditioned communal area(s) shall be provided (e.g. television
and games room). The size and number of these facilities shall be relative to and
appropriate to the population of the labour accommodation.
The Contractor shall provide preferably on-site, open spaces (for sports and recreation).
Where space constraints are such that this is impossible, readily accessible off-site spaces
shall be provided.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
The Contractor shall provide access nearby to basic domestic amenities.

include, as a minimum:
Page 49
These shall
(a)
Access to banking/money transfer services, including transportation to banking/money

transfer facilities.
(b)
Laundry facilities.
(c)
Retail outlet(s) selling, as a minimum, essential items (e.g. food items, clothing,
toiletries, phone cards, stamps etc.).
(d)
Communications.
These services shall preferably be available on or within walking distance of the labour
accommodation.
10.10.7 Access to Communications
1
The Contractor shall provide a telephone, available at all times, for calling the emergency
services. This facility shall be centrally located, conspicuous and all residents shall be aware
of this facility.
The Contractor shall provide access nearby to the following:

Retail outlet selling mobile phone credit.
(b)
Postal service, both inward and outbound.
(c)
Facility for residents to receive emergency messages (e.g. in case of family

emergency abroad).
AM
TC
(a)
10.10.8 Number, Quality and Location of Sanitation Facilities

1
The Contractor shall adhere to an appropriate standard for the provision of toilets and
showers etc. These facilities shall be maintained in good working order and shall be cleaned
regularly.
The Contractor shall develop and implement a Waste Management Plan for the labour
accommodation. This plan shall address the collection, segregation, storage, transport (offsite) and disposal (recycling) of wastes.
The Contractor shall provide adequate sanitary means for the disposal of waste water
(including sewerage) from labour accommodation. The Contractor shall provide adequate
management of surface water runoff to prevent the accumulation of standing/stagnant water
(and the associated health risks).
The Contractor shall provide laundry areas, separate from washrooms and food preparation
areas. Such laundry areas shall be adequately drained.
10.10.9 Food Preparation Areas

1
The Contractor shall adhere to relevant local regulations relating to food preparation facilities.
In the absence of such local regulations, an appropriate regional standard shall be applied
The Contractor shall provide adequate food preparation facilities to allow cultural sensitivities
to be respected such as separate preparation areas for meat and vegetables, and
appropriate labelling and handling of food products.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 50
Where meals are provided to residents, the food offered shall be culturally appropriate based
on the demographics of residents.
10.10.10 Pest and Vermin Control

1
The Contractor shall engage a pest control company to service the labour accommodation
site.
Self closing doors fitted with fine mesh shall be installed at the entrances to food premises,
washrooms, living areas and any other enclosed spaces.
10.10.11 Security at Labour Accommodation

The Contractor shall provide adequate security personnel, based on the size, layout and
population of labour accommodation.
The Contractor shall provide Protocols (Codes of Conduct) for the security personnel
operating at labour accommodation. These Protocols shall clearly define the nature and
permitted magnitude of response to security incidents. They shall also set out the
circumstances under which security incidents should be handed over to Police control.
Protocols will be developed in consultation with the Engineer
The Contractor shall ensure that all security personnel are adequately trained in the Protocols
for security personnel.
The Contractor shall retain records of all security incidents arising at labour accommodation.
Such records shall include, as a minimum, the name, age and nationality of all those involved
(including security personnel), and the nature of the incident. These records shall be made
available to the Engineer.
The Contractor shall provide labour accommodation residents with secure facilities for the
storage of personal items and valuables.
The Contractor shall manage the movement of goods and personnel onto the
accommodation facility.
The Contractor shall maintain adequate lighting on and around the labour accommodation at
all times, therefore making it safer for residents to move around at all times.
AM
TC
10.10.12 Social Issues

1
Any social issues arising at labour accommodation shall be addressed at regular project
Quality, Health, Safety and Environment (QHSE) meetings.
The Contractor shall include an Intercultural Understanding module as part of induction

training for all new labour accommodation residents. This shall include:
(a)
Basic introduction to cultural norms and practices of other accommodation residents.
(b)
An explanation of native or local customs, festivals or religious rites.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 51
The Contractor shall enforce a ban on the sale, possession and consumption of solvents,
alcohol and inhalants, for the purposes of intoxication, on labour accommodation sites. The
Contractor shall use its best endeavours to prevent these substances from entering labour
accommodation facilities.
The Contractor shall provide residents with contact details for relevant bodies such as
consulates, NGOs, or other relevant organisations offering social support. A list of such local
contacts shall be provided to new employees during their induction process. An up-to-date
list of contact details for these organisations shall also be displayed in public areas such as
the canteen, recreational areas, etc.
Any incidents of suicide or attempted suicide shall be investigated as a social issue to try to
determine the root causes with a view to reducing the likelihood of a recurrence. This may
include the engagement of qualified medical personnel to assist in this process (such as
psychiatrists or psychologists).
10.10.13 Competence of Labour Accommodation Management

The Contractor shall provide Protocols (Codes of Conduct) for the labour accommodation
management personnel. These Protocols shall clearly define the nature of issues and
incidents which are considered within the remit of labour accommodation management.
They shall also include guidelines outlining appropriate parties to whom incidents should be
referred and at what stage. Protocols will be developed in consultation with the Engineer
The Contractor shall retain records of all issues and incidents, at labour accommodation,
which are reported to or dealt with by labour accommodation management. Such records
shall include, as a minimum, the name, age and nationality of all those involved (including
members of the accommodation management team), and the nature of the issue or incident.
These records shall be made available to the labour accommodation management company.
The Contractor shall ensure that no member of labour accommodation management accepts
any form of payment by way of bribery or extortion or for any reason. Similarly the Contractor
shall commit to permanently removing any member of labour accommodation management,
from the accommodation, if they are found to have accepted or demanded such payments.
In this event, the Contractor shall report any such offences to the appropriate local authorities
to determine if a criminal offence has been committed.
The Contractor shall maintain labour accommodation facilities to a high standard and not
allow them to fall into disrepair.
AM
TC
10.10.14 Environmental Conditions at Labour Accommodation

1
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with copies of the relevant environmental permits
relating to the construction and operations of their labour accommodation facilities. The
nature of the permitting requirements will be dependent on the jurisdiction of the facility.
Where labour accommodation is to be sited on or close to work sites/industrial sites, the

accommodation facilities shall be located up-wind (based on prevailing wind) of the site and
the distance between the camp and air discharge points around the site shall be maximised.
Noise levels shall not exceed the requirements for night time hours residential areas, as
outlined in local laws and regulations.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 52
The accommodation area shall be separate from the work site and shall not be used for any
operation activities (e.g. storage, workshops, etc.).
Where on site facilities such as a Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) are located on or close to
the accommodation, planning requirements in relation to buffer zones, etc. shall be respected
and integrated into site layout. Similarly, adequate buffer zones shall be included to ensure
that sleeping accommodation is not immediately adjacent to main roads.
Appropriate waste management, storage and disposal facilities shall be provided on site.
There shall be no burning of wastes on site. Similarly, there shall be no fires onsite.
Use of labour accommodation facilities shall be restricted to those normally resident in the
accommodation. Where necessary, separate facilities, e.g. toilets, etc., shall be provided for
adjacent work sites, etc.
Roads and parking areas shall be paved, or where this is impractical, dust suppression
techniques shall be used to keep dust levels down within labour accommodation.
The Contractor shall appoint/engage a team of personnel dedicated to cleaning communal

areas around the camp on a regular (daily) basis.
10.10.15 Health and Safety for Labour Accommodation Residents

The Contractor shall extend Workmens Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance to
cover their staff while resident in labour accommodation.
The Contractor shall extend the accident reporting requirements, to include accidents
occurring at off-site labour accommodation directly associated with the Project.
AM
TC
END OF PART
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
11: Engineers Site Facilities
ENGINEERS SITE FACILITIES .............................................................................. 2
11.1
11.1.1
GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 2
Scope
2
11.2
11.2.1
11.2.2
11.2.3
11.2.4
ENGINEERS SITE OFFICES ................................................................................. 2

General
2
Type 1 Offices
2
Type 2 Offices
3
Car Parking Facilities
6
11.3
11.3.1
11.3.2
11.3.3
11.3.4
11.3.5
UTILITY CONNECTIONS ........................................................................................ 6

General
6
Electricity
6
Water
6
Telephone
7
Internet
7
11.4
11.4.1
11.4.2
11.4.3
11.4.4
11.4.5
11.4.6
11.4.7
PROVISION OF EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES ...................................................... 7

General
7
Computers and Scanners/Printers
7
Photocopier
8
Measuring and Recording Equipment
9
Stationary Supplies
9
Safety Equipment and Clothing
10
Telephones and Facsimile Machines
10
11.5
11.5.1
11.5.2
ATTENDANCE ...................................................................................................... 11
Assistance to the Engineer
11
Contract Administration
11
AM
TC
11
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
11
ENGINEERS SITE FACILITIES
11.1
GENERAL
11.1.1
Scope
This Part specifies the requirements for the Engineers temporary site facilities and includes
site offices, utility connections, provision of equipment and supplies and attendance.
Related Sections and Parts are as follows

This Section
Part 10
Part 13

Setting Out of the Works
ENGINEERS SITE OFFICES
11.2.1
General
The Contractor shall provide site offices the type and number as stated in the Project
Documentation. The position of the site offices shall be to the approval of the Engineer.
Upon removal of the site offices, the area occupied or otherwise affected by them shall be
reinstated to its original condition.
11.2.2
Type 1 Offices
Unless described elsewhere in the Project Documentation the Contractor shall provide,
maintain and remove on completion of the Works the Engineers site offices described in this
Clause.
The Contractor shall proceed with the provision of a site office for the exclusive use of the
Engineer immediately following the award of the Contract and shall provide temporary
alternative accommodation to the Engineers approval until such time as the office is made
available.
The office shall have a minimum area of 20 m and shall comply with the following:
AM
TC
11.2
(a)
The structure shall be weatherproof.
(b)
The windows and doors shall be dust-proof and the windows shall be fitted with fly
screens.
(c)
The office shall be air-conditioned to maintain a maximum steady dry bulb temperature
of 25C at a relative humidity of 50% under the expected climatic conditions expected
at the Site.
(d)
Adequate effective lighting and power outlets shall be installed in accordance with the
latest requirements of the Qatar General Electricity & Water Corporation.
(e)
The walls and ceilings shall be painted with emulsion paint.
The office shall be provided with the following furniture to the approval of the Engineer:
(a)
1 No. kneehole pattern desk with a total of six lockable drawers, approximately 1500 x
800 x 760 mm in size.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
(b)
1 No. swivel chair with armrests.
(c)
2 No. stacking or folding chairs.
(d)
1 No. hanging file or plan chest suitable for AO size prints.
(e)
1 No. wastepaper basket.
(f)
1 No. two drawer filing cabinet.
(g)
1 No. wall mounted pin board, 1000 x 2000 mm in size.
Sanitary and washing facilities shall be provided for the exclusive use of the Engineer and
shall include a WC and a wash-hand basin an adequate supply of hot and cold water shall be
provided at all times.
The Contractor shall insure the site offices against fire, burglary and other risks.
The Contractor shall keep on site at all times an adequate supply of clean, fresh, chilled
drinking water for the consumption of the Engineer.
The Contractor shall maintain the offices in a clean and sanitary condition.
11.2.3
Type 2 Offices
The Engineers site offices described in this Clause shall be provided in lieu of Type 1 Offices
only where it is a stated requirement of the Project Documentation.
The offices shall be portable units, mounted on skids or similar and where directed in the
Project Documentation shall become the property of the Government on completion of the
Contract. On completion of the Contract, the offices which are to become the property of the
Government shall be repaired and redecorated to the satisfaction of the Engineer; they shall
then delivered to a location designated by the Engineer within 50 km of the Site.
The buildings shall conform to the general configuration shown below. The number of each
type of unit shall be as stated in the Project Documentation.
AM
TC
Section 01: General

Part
TC
QCS 2014
The Contractor shall proceed with the provision of the portable offices, which shall be for the
exclusive use of the Engineer immediately following the award of the Contract and shall
provide temporary alternative accommodation to the Engineers approval until such time as
the offices are made available.
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a comprehensive specification and
drawings showing the accommodation proposed complete with furnishings, equipment and
fittings before placing any orders.
The units shall be mounted on adequate concrete foundations and shall be provided with
concrete access steps where necessary.
The units may be constructed of composite timber framed panels with wood or metal
cladding, any combination of these, or alternative forms or construction which comply with
the following levels of performance:
AM
Walls
Thermal conductance Fire resistance

-
0.60 w/m C
hour
Roof
Thermal conductance Roof resistance

-
0.60 m C
hour
Roof coverings shall be selected for durability, freedom from excessive maintenance, and the
ability to withstand extreme exposure to sun, heat and humidity.
The units shall be finished internally and externally with low maintenance materials.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
10
The offices shall be air-conditioned with wall mounted units to maintain each room at a
maximum steady dry bulb temperature of 25C at a relative humidity of 50% under the
expected climatic conditions expected at the Site. Extract fans capable of 10 air changes per
hour shall be provided in the kitchen and toilets.
11
The installation and testing of wiring and electrical equipment in the units shall be in
accordance with the latest requirements of the Qatar General Electricity & Water
Corporation.
12
Each office shall be provided with the following furniture to the approval of the Engineer:
14
1 No. kneehole pattern desk with a total of six lockable drawers and
approximately 1500 x 800 x 760 mm in size.
(b)
1 No. swivel chair with armrests.
(c)
No. stacking or folding chairs.
(d)
1 No. hanging file or plan chest suitable for AO size prints.
(e)
1 No. wastepaper basket.
(f)
1 No. two drawer filing cabinet.
(g)
TC
Each toilet shall be provided with the following sanitary fittings to the approval of the Engineer
and an adequate supply of hot and cold water at all times:
(a)
1 No. low level WC suite.
(b)
1 No. Wash-hand basin.
(c)
1 No. shower tray, mixer fittings, rose and shower curtain.
(d)
1 No. toilet roll holder, towel rail, soap dish and mirror.
(e)
a suitable number of cups, saucers and drinking glasses.
AM
13
(a)
The samples and meeting room shall be provided with the following furniture to the approval
of the Engineer:
(a)
2 No. tables, each approximately 1200 x 2000 mm in size.
(b)
No. folding or stacking chairs.
(c)
1 No. wall mounted blackboard, 1000 x 2000 mm in size.
(d)
(e)
1 No. shelf unit for approved samples with 5 tiers of shelves 400 mm wide x 2400 mm
long overall.
15
All furniture and equipment shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall be removed
following completion of the Works unless otherwise noted in the Project Documentation.
16
The Kitchen shall be provided with the following equipment to the approval of the Engineer
(a)
1 No. stainless steel single bowl single drainer sink with hot and cold water and
cupboards underneath
(b)
1 No. floor mounted two door cupboards to match sink.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
(c)
Cabinets and shelves to match sink, as required.
(d)
2 ring cooker and microwave.
(e)
1 No. Refrigerator/Freezer with a capacity no less than 500 litres.
(f)
1 No. three pint kettle and sufficient crockery and cutlery.
(g)
A suitable number of mugs, cups, saucers and drinking glasses.
(h)
Table coasters for use on desk tops.
(i)
Hand towels and drying up cloths, laundered regularly.
(j)
Dishwashing facilities, clothes, sponges and washing up liquid, all replaceable.
(k)
Cleaning brushes, mop, bucket and floor clothes.
The Contractor shall insure the site offices against fire, burglary and other risks.
18
The Contractor shall keep on site at all times an adequate supply of clean, fresh, chilled
drinking water for the consumption of the Engineer.
19
The Contractor shall maintain the Offices in a clean and sanitary condition.
20
Each type of unit shall be provided with fire extinguishers and water cooler.
11.2.4
Car Parking Facilities
Parking areas shall be paved or have a finished surface as approved by the Engineer and
shall be covered with a suitable canopy to provide shading.
The number of shaded car parking spaces required shall be 2 No. for Type 1 Offices and 6
No. for Type 2 Offices unless otherwise stated in the Project Documentation.
11.3
UTILITY CONNECTIONS
11.3.1
General
The Contractor shall make all arrangements and pay all charges in connection with the
installation, maintenance, operation and removal of the service utilities described in this
Clause.
11.3.2
Electricity
The Contractor shall arrange for the provision of an uninterrupted electrical power supply to
the Engineers offices during all working hours and any at other time as requested by the
Engineer for the duration of the Contract.
11.3.3
Water
The Contractor shall arranged for the provision of an uninterrupted water supply to the
Engineers offices during all working hours and at any other time as requested by the
Engineer for the duration of the Contract.
AM
TC
17
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
The Contractor shall provide inline filters on all water supplies into Employer and Engineers
site Facilities. The Contractor shall maintain these at regular intervals as per manufacturer
instruction throughout the duration of the Work order.
11.3.4
Telephone
The Contractor shall arrange for the provision of two (2) land lines for the sole use of the
Engineer for Type 1 Offices and three (3) land lines for the sole use of the Engineer for Type
2 Offices.
The Contractor may recover the net cost of international calls made by the Engineer.
11.3.5
Internet
.The Contractor shall arrange for the provision of a dedicated and uninterrupted internet
access to the Engineers offices during all working hours and at any other time as requested
by the Engineer for the duration of the Contract. The internet connection should be provided
with a bandwidth running at a minimum of 1 mbps upload capacity.
11.4
PROVISION OF EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
11.4.1
General
The following items of equipment, supplies and associated level of service shall all be
provided unless detailed elsewhere in the Contract Documentation.
11.4.2
Computers and Scanners/Printers
The Contractor shall provide new network/internet capable computers and scanners/printers
for the sole use of the Engineer. The number of computers and scanners/printers required
and their performance specification shall be as detailed in the Project Documentation. The
Contractor shall also supply and install any computer software as detailed in the Project
Documentation.
The Contractor shall maintain the computers and scanners/printer for the duration of the
Contract and provide all consumables necessary for its operation.
The Contractor shall be responsible for installing legal copies of operating system and
software, trouble shooting, supplying of required consumables and maintenance of the
system.
Operating system and software requirements shall be as specified by the Engineer, with the
following as a minimum:
AM
TC
(a)
Latest version of Microsoft Windows Operating System
(b)
Latest version of Microsoft Office
All software must be of latest version and Arabic enabled, to the approval of the Engineer.
The Contractor shall ensure that all computers and scanners/printers provided for the
Engineers use are networked within the Engineers facilities to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
The Contactor shall provide new desktop computers and laptops as shown in the Schedule
of Rates minimum 20-inch Flat Panel VGA/analogue colour monitors for use by the Engineer.
The Desktop and laptop computers shall comply with the following:
(a)
Intel Core 2 Duo Processor (1.86GHz,1066MHz,2MB cache)
(b)
1000GB(7200rpm)Serial ATA Hard Drive
(c)
56k Modem
(d)
32X DVD+/-RW Drive
(e)
Wireless network adaptor (Wi-Fi)
(f)
Wireless Keyboard & Mouse
(g)
Card Reader
The Desktop and laptop computers shall comply with the following: New licensed copies of
MS Windows, MS Office Professional, MS Project and AUTOCAD, Primavera P6 and
Primavera Contract Manager (PCM) SOFTWARE SHALL BE PROVIDED.
10
Colour printer shall be of the laser type suitable for A3 size paper and having scanning and
copying facilities built in. It shall be quiet in operation (Hewlett Packard Desk Jet (latest
model) or similar).
11
The Computer equipment shall be returned to the Contractor at the end of Maintenance
Period. The Contractor shall be responsible for supply of all necessary cartridges and paper
and for maintenance of the equipment by the manufactures agent throughout the period of
the Work order.
12
The Contractor shall provide all necessary voltage stabilization equipment to ensure troublefree operation of the computer equipment.
13
All computers and printers shall be networked.
11.4.3
Photocopier
The Contractor shall provide a new photocopier for the sole use of the Engineer. The
performance specification for the photocopier shall be as detailed in the Project
Documentation.
The Contractor shall maintain the photocopier for the duration of the Contract and provide all
consumables necessary for its operation.
Contractors shall provide a new floor standing, stationary platen, and plain paper colour
photocopier for use and approved by the Engineer.
The photocopier shall be provided with an automatic document feeder capable of copying
both sides.
The Range of copy sizes of the photocopier shall be from A3 size (297420mm) to A4 size
(210297mm), portrait and landscape. Three paper storage trays shall be provided.
The photocopier shall be capable of reducing/enlarging originals by 50% to 200% in 1%

increments.
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
The photocopier shall have an A4 size rotating paper cassette and automatic paper
size/zoom ratio selection.
Throughput shall be not lesson than 40 A4 copies per minute.
The photocopier shall be able to scan and email documents.
10
The photocopier shall be returned to the contractor at the end of period of Maintenance. The
contractor shall be responsible for supplying the necessary paper and maintenance of the
equipment by the manufactures agent throughout the work order.
11.4.4
Measuring and Recording Equipment
The Contractor shall provide measuring and recording equipment for the sole use of the
Engineer. The following items, which shall be to the approval of the Engineer, shall be
provided for the duration of the Contract:
1 No. Electronic Distance Measurement (EDM) station.
(b)
1 No. 1 Total Station theodolite (or equivalent) including all necessary tripods, prisms
etc.
(c)
1 No. Automatic engineers level including tripod.
(d)
1 No. Metric levelling staff.
(e)
1 No. Calibrated steel survey band 50m long.
(f)
2 No. 30m nylon tapes.
(g)
2 No. 25 m metal tapes.
(h)
4 No. 5m pocket tapes.
(i)
6 No. Ranging rods.
(j)
1 No. Masons Spirit level.
(k)
1 No. Bitmac thermometer.
(l)
1 No. digital camera.
(m)
Level and field books as required.
AM
TC
(a)
Other equipment such as pegs, tools, etc, which are necessary for the checking of the Works
shall be provided as requested by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall maintain and replace as necessary the equipment for the duration of the
Contract. Surveying instruments shall be new or in as good as new condition, of an approved
make with a current certificate of adjustment.
11.4.5
Stationary Supplies
The Contractor shall supply stationary for the Engineer for the duration of the Contract.
Stationary items shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:
(a)
Files and file dividers (A4 and A3 size).
(b)
Paper (A4 and A3 size).
(c)
Writing pens, marker pens, highlighter pens (various colours).
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
(d)
Pencils (various colours).
(e)
Pencil sharpeners.
(f)
Erasers.
(g)
Staplers and staples.
(h)
Hole punches.
(i)
Paper chips and bull dog clips.
11.4.6
Safety Equipment and Clothing
The Contractor shall supply safety equipment and clothing for the Engineer and his staff.
Safety equipment and clothing shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:
(a)
Safety helmets, boots, gloves, High visibility vests, safety glasses (Clear and tinted)
(b)
Safety belts and harnesses.
(c)
Boiler suits.
(d)
Any other PPE identified by the Contractors job hazard analysis or risk assessment
process
The Contractor shall also supply gas detection equipment and breathing apparatus in
accordance with the relevant provisions of Part 10 of this Section, Occupational Health and
Safety.
11.4.7
Telephones and Facsimile Machines
For Type 1 Offices, the Contractor shall supply and install a telephone and facsimile
machine. The telephone and facsimile machine should conform to the relevant provisions of
any Telecom Provider standard or requirement.
For Type 2 Offices, the Contractor shall supply and install a telephone in each office and the
meeting room. Each telephone shall be connected to a private address box exchange
(PABX) system. The Contractor shall also supply and install a facsimile machine. The
telephones, PABX system and facsimile shall conform to the relevant provisions of any
Telecom Provider standard or requirement.
The Contractor shall provide a new A4 size plain paper desktop facsimile machine complying
with the following:
AM
TC
(a)
2 Line 24 character LCD Display
(b)
ITU compatible
(c)
Resolution horizontal scanning 8 pixel/mm
(d)
Vertical scanning Standard 3.85 lines/mm
(e)
Fine 7.7 lines/mm
(f)
150 sheet paper tray (80g/m2
The facsimile machine shall be returned to the contractor at the end of maintenance period.
The Contractor shall be responsible for supply of all necessary toner or ink cartridges and
plain white paper and for maintenance of the equipment by the manufactures s agent
throughout the Work order.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
The Contractor shall provide six digital cameras and one digital video camera for the
exclusive use of the Engineer or his designated representative and supply software,
batteries, cables and USB flash drives or external hard drives as required. The Digital
camera shall have a minimum specification of 35-105 zoom, with a minimum of 16.0
megapixels for prints up to 2030, 8GB internal memory and video/audio facility. The
cameras shall be returned to the contractor at the end of the contract period
11.5
ATTENDANCE
11.5.1
Assistance to the Engineer
The Contractor shall provide every assistance to the Engineer in carrying out his duties.
The Contractor shall provide for the use of the Engineers Representative and his staff, any
chainman/assistants to carry out any duties whatsoever, as required by the Engineers
Representative.
11.5.2
Contract Administration
The Contractor shall provide secretaries, cleaners and tea persons for the exclusive use of
the Engineer for the duration of the Contract.
AM
TC
END OF PART
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
12: Contractors Site Facilities
Page 1
12
CONTRACTORS SITE FACILITIES GENERAL ........................................... 2
12.1
GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 2
12.1.1 Scope
12.1.2 References
2
2
12.2
CONTRACTORS SITE FACILITIES ............................................................. 2
12.2.1
12.2.2
12.2.3
12.2.4
12.2.5
Buildings
Site Fabrication Areas
Materials Storage Area
Power, Water, Lighting and Heating
Miscellaneous
12.3
PROJECT SIGN BOARD............................................................................... 3
12.3.1 Project Sign Board

12.4
ADVERTISING .............................................................................................. 4
12.4.1 Photographs
12.4.2 Name Boards and Other Advertising
4
4
12.5.1 General
12.5.2 Requirements
TC
PROVISION OF HAMAD MEDICAL CORPORATION AMBULANCE SPOKE

STATION ....................................................................................................... 4
AM
12.5
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
12
CONTRACTORS SITE FACILITIES GENERAL
12.1
GENERAL
12.1.1
Scope
This Part specifies the requirements for the Contractors temporary site facilities.
12.1.2
References

This Section
Page 2
Part 9 Materials.
CONTRACTORS SITE FACILITIES
12.2.1
Buildings
The Contractor shall provide all offices, sheds, stores and other buildings necessary for him
to undertake all duties, obligations and activities associated with the construction of the
Works.
All buildings shall be supplied and maintained in good condition and shall be of neat
appearance.
The position of all the Contractors temporary site buildings shall be to the approval of the
Engineer.
The Contractor shall maintain an office at the Site for the duration of the Contract. This office
shall be open at all times during Site working hours.
Upon completion of the Contract, all temporary site buildings shall be removed and the area
occupied or otherwise affected by them reinstated to its original condition.
The Government of Qatar will grant a right of access only within the road reservation. Should
the Contractor need to use adjacent areas of land for camps, plant site etc, he shall arrange
for the right to use the said land himself.
This clause in no way invalidates the obligations of the General Conditions of Contract.
12.2.2
Site Fabrication Areas
The Contractor shall provide an area suitable for assembly and fabrication purposes.
Fabrication areas shall simulate factory conditions if required in the Project Documentation.
12.2.3
Materials Storage Area
The Contractor shall provide sufficient and appropriate materials storage areas. The storage
areas shall be suitable for the materials to be stored in them and shall offer necessary
protection where required.
AM
TC
12.2
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 3
The Contractor shall ensure that the storage areas comply with the relevant provisions of
Part 9 of this Section, Materials.
12.2.4
Power, Water, Lighting and Heating
The Contractor shall provide, maintain and subsequently remove temporary services for
power supply, water supply, lighting and heating.
All electrical installations shall be in the charge of a competent person who shall accept full
responsibility for its use and any alterations or additions thereto. The name, designation and
telephone number of such person shall be prominently displayed close to the main switch or
circuit breaker of the installation, and also in the Contractors site office.
Site work power tool supplies (except for operation of pumps) shall be of 110 volts (55 volts
to earth). All electricity supply cables shall be buried or properly supported and protected and
shall be armoured. Flexible cable shall only be allowed for hand lamps and hand held tools
and shall not exceed 6 metres in length. Industrial type plugs and sockets shall be used.
All site electrical installations shall comply with the requirements of the current regulations of
QGEWC.
12.2.5
Miscellaneous
The Contractor shall provide, maintain and subsequently remove temporary roads, paths,
parking areas and refuse disposal areas. The area occupied by temporary roads, paths,
parking areas and refuse disposal areas or otherwise affected by them shall be restored to
their original condition on completion of the Contract.
12.3
PROJECT SIGN BOARD
12.3.1
Project Sign Board
Standard Signboard: The Contractor shall provide and erect a temporary signboard at the
location of his approved site compound. In addition he shall provide signboards at the start
and end of each ongoing work location for all works whether major or minor.
Project Identification Signboard: Information signboards shall be clearly displayed on

approaches to works in the highway at each ongoing work location for all works whether
major or minor. These shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be positioned so as not
to cause hindrance to the movement of vehicular or pedestrian traffic. The signs shall be
mounted on sturdy metal frames, be mobile and reusable, and shall be illuminated at night.
The Project sign boards shall comply with the standard details, as updated by the project
drawings and specifications, and shall be to the approval of the Engineer. In addition, the
Contractor shall obtain all necessary approvals from the relevant authorities prior to erection.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the structural stability of the signboards but shall
submit details of his proposals for support to the Engineer for approval.
The Contractor shall maintain, move and adapt the signboards as required during the
progress of the Works and shall remove them upon completion.
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 4
ADVERTISING
12.4.1
Photographs
The Contractor shall not use photographs or any details of his work in connection with the
Contract in any form of publicity or advertisement in any part of the world without having first
obtained the Engineers approval to its content and context.
12.4.2
Name Boards and Other Advertising
Details of any further sign boards other than as designed in Clause 12.3.1 or advertisements
that the Contractor may wish to erect on site shall be to the approval of the Engineer.
12.5
PROVISION OF HAMAD MEDICAL CORPORATION AMBULANCE SPOKE

STATION
12.5.1
General
Ambulance Spoke Station is a temporary structure. This can be relocated quickly to any
location in a rapidly changing infrastructure, which is a vital component of the design. It is
designed to provide covered parking for up to two ambulances and accommodation for a
small crew room for up to four paramedics. The crew need shelter from the summer heat in a
safe environment in a prime response location to be ready for emergency calls. The stations
are versatile and designed to be completely self-contained. It doesn't require to be connected
to Electricity, Water or Sewerage or require any physical links to service providers. All of its
power is provided by solar panels. The cabin can be dismantled and moved to another site
within 48 hours, enabling Hamad Medical Corporation to relocate these small stations. The
station does not require any form of building foundations, just level ground. Depending on the
location, some stations may require minor works for access to and from the road.
The contractor will in no way be relieved of his responsibility under Qatari law to provide
medical care, facilities, insurance, etc. to workers on site, and that Hamad Medical
Corporations facility is mainly for the purpose of the general public (so that Hamad Medical
Corporation can respond more quickly to emergency incidents in a rapidly changing
infrastructure)
12.5.2
Requirements
If instructed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall make provision within or adjacent his site
facilities for an Ambulance Spoke Station.
The Contractor is only required to provide an area for the for the facilities. The Ambulance
Spoke Station and vehicles will be provided and installed by Hamad Medical Corporation or
an entity on their behalf.
The area shall be a minimum of 10 metres by 17 metres.
The area must be levelled as the surrounding area of the Contractor facilities.
The areas shall be provided with clear access to the road network.
Access to the Ambulance Spoke Station is required 24hours/day 7 days/week.
AM
TC
12.4
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 5
Ambulance vehicle access is required to at least one long side.
Access for maintenance (water resupply, cleaning, removal of waste etc.) is required to one
short side.
The allocated area shall be approved in writing by the Engineer after consultation with
Hamad Medical Corporation.
AM
TC
END OF PART
QCS 2014
13
Section 01: General

Part
13: Setting Out of the Works
Page 1
SETTING OUT OF THE WORKS .................................................................. 2
13.1
GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 2
13.1.1 Scope
2
13.2
SITE INFORMATION AND INSPECTION ..................................................... 2
13.2.1 Site Information
2
13.2.2 Site Inspection
2
13.3
LEVELS AND REFERENCE GRID ................................................................ 2
13.3.1 Temporary Bench Marks
2
13.3.2 Site Grid
3
13.4
SURVEYING .................................................................................................. 3
13.4.1 Site Survey
3
AM
TC
13.5
SETTING OUT ............................................................................................... 3
13.5.1 Setting Out of the Works
3
13.5.2 Setting Out of Works Sited on Private Land
4
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 2
13
SETTING OUT OF THE WORKS
13.1
GENERAL
13.1.1
Scope
This Part specifies the requirements for setting out of the Works and includes locating
existing services, surveying the Site and establishment of temporary bench marks.
The Engineer reserves the right to order levels to be taken at any time considered necessary
for the full and proper supervision and measurement of the Works.

This Section
Part 11
Engineers Site facilities.
SITE INFORMATION AND INSPECTION
13.2.1
Site Information
Before commencing the setting out of the Works the Contractor shall ascertain the location of
all existing underground services within the Site boundary. The Contractor shall prepare a
plan detailing the location of the services.
Any conflict between existing services and any part of the proposed Works shall be brought
to the attention to the Engineer without delay.
Any re-work resulting from the Contractors failure to locate and identify services shall be
undertaken at the Contractors cost.
13.2.2
Site Inspection
Before commencing the setting out of the Works, the Contractor and the Engineer shall
make an inspection of the Site.
Where appropriate, the Engineer shall require the Contractor to arrange for surveys to be
undertaken, in conjunction with the owners or occupiers, of the condition of roads, properties,
lands and crops which may be affected by the Works. Before any work affecting such roads,
properties, lands or crops is commenced, the Contractor shall confirm in writing to the
Engineer that the relevant survey is a true and accurate record of their condition.
13.3
LEVELS AND REFERENCE GRID
13.3.1
Temporary Bench Marks
. The Contractor shall establish accurate temporary bench marks on permanent blocks from
which the levels to which the Works are to be constructed may be transferred. The location
of temporary bench marks shall be agreed with the Engineer. The level of temporary bench
marks shall be related to the Qatar National Height Datum.
The Contractor shall prepare a plan detailing the location of the bench marks and temporary
bench marks and keep it up to date for the duration of the Contract.
AM
TC
13.2
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 3
The Contractor shall protect and maintain the temporary bench marks until the Works are
complete. Upon completion of the Works the Contractor shall clear away the temporary
bench marks to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
The Contractor is responsible for checking the accuracy of temporary bench mark. Any rework resulting from incorrect or inaccurate temporary bench marks shall be undertaken at the
Contractors cost.
13.3.2
Site Grid
When it is a requirement of the Project Documentation, or unless otherwise notified by the

Engineer, the Contractor shall establish a Site Grid. The orientation of the Site Grid shall be
determined by the layout of the proposed works and as agreed with by the Engineer. Grid
spacing shall be 20m in each direction unless otherwise notified by the Engineer. Grid
notation shall be numerical in one direction (y-axis) and alphabetic in the other (x-axis).
The grid shall be tied to the Qatar National Grid. An existing control station related to the
Qatar National grid will be indicated by the Engineer for this purpose.
13.4
SURVEYING
13.4.1
Site Survey
The Contractor shall provide the Site survey and the correctness of that survey shall be
entirely the Contractors responsibility.
The Site survey shall comply with the requirements of the Qatar Survey Manual as a
minimum.
The Contractor shall, within 3 weeks of the date of commencement of the Works, carry out a
check of the co-ordinates and levels of all permanent monuments, bench marks and survey
markers used in the determination of the site survey model and proposed to be used for the
setting out of the Works.
13.5
SETTING OUT
13.5.1
Setting Out of the Works
The Contractor shall carry out at his own cost the setting out of the Works.
The Contractor shall be responsible for:
AM
TC
(a)
True and proper settings out of the Works in relation to reference data given
in the Project Documentation.
(b)
Accurately setting out the positions, levels and dimensions of all parts of the Works.
Any delay or loss resulting from errors in the setting out of the Works shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor. Setting out shall be reviewed by the Engineer before
commencing the Works, but such approval shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his
responsibility for the correct execution of the Work.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 4
The Contractor shall provide measuring and recording equipment for the Engineer in
accordance with the relevant provisions of Part 11 of this Section, Engineers Site Facilities.
The Contractor shall maintain all measuring and recording equipment in good working order
at all times.
The Contractor shall provide all assistance which the Engineer may require for checking the
setting out and taking measurements of the Works, including labour, equipment and
transportation.
13.5.2
Setting Out of Works Sited on Private Land
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing fourteen (14) days in advance of his
intention to set out any of part of the Works that lies in private land.
The Contractor shall ensure that all requirements and instructions of private land owners are
strictly adhered to.
AM
TC
END OF PART
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
14: Temporary Works and Equipment
Page 1
TEMPORARY WORKS AND EQUIPMENT ............................................................. 2
14.1
14.1.1
GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 2
Scope
2
14.2
14.2.1
TEMPORARY WORKS ........................................................................................... 2

General
2
14.3
14.3.1
TEMPORARY EQUIPMENT .................................................................................... 2

General
2
14.4
14.4.1
TEST CERTIFICATES FOR CRANES AND LIFTING TACKLE ............................... 3

General
3
AM
TC
14
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 2
14
TEMPORARY WORKS AND EQUIPMENT
14.1
GENERAL
14.1.1
Scope
This Part specifies the requirements for Temporary Works required in connection with
construction of the Works and temporary plant and equipment required in connection with
aiding the construction of the Works. It does not include overpumping activities in respect of
sewers and drains.

Section 2
Section 11
Health and Safety
Occupational Health and Safety concerning temporary works and equipment is covered in
Section 11 Health and Safety
Quality Controlling temporary works and equipments is covered in

Assurance and Quality Control
14.2
TEMPORARY WORKS
14.2.1
General
Everything used for and in connection with the Temporary Works shall be fit for the purpose,
in serviceable condition and in compliance with any relevant standard.
The Contractor shall design his Temporary Works to be of adequate strength, stability and
suitability.
The Contractor shall submit details of any Temporary Works proposed to the Engineer for
review before commencing the work. Such details shall include, but not be limited to design
calculations and drawings. The submission to the Engineer of any such details shall not
relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for sufficiency of the Temporary Works or of his
other duties and responsibilities under the Contract.
The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that Temporary Works are not in any way
detrimental to existing structures in any way. Particular care shall be taken with scaffolding to
avoid staining or mechanical damage to finishing.
The Contractor shall make safe and reinstate all areas affected by Temporary Works.
14.3
TEMPORARY EQUIPMENT
14.3.1
General
The Contractor shall provide and maintain in good condition on the Site all plant, tools and
vehicles necessary for the proper and safe execution of the Works.
Temporary equipment shall be fit for the purpose for which it is to be used.
AM
TC
Section 2 Quality
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 3
Temporary equipment shall only be operated by personnel who are trained and qualified.
14.4
TEST CERTIFICATES FOR CRANES AND LIFTING TACKLE
14.4.1
General
Cranes, whether used to construct the Works or provided as part of the permanent Works,
must have a current test certificate.
Each sling, shackle or other item of loose lifting tackle, whether used to construct the Works
or provided as part of the permanent Works, must have either a current test certificate.
Test certificates must be issued by a competent testing authority approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor must have a copy of each test certificate on site available for inspection by
the Engineer.
The following Standards and Code of Practice shall be complied with and where such
documents are replaced or superseded the Contractor shall comply with the latest version:
Mobile and Tower Cranes: BS 1757, BS 2799 and CP 3010.
(b)
Overhead Cranes: BS 466 and BS 5744.
(c)
Slings: BS 1290, BS EN 1492, ISO 4309 / 3481 Pt 2, ASME B30.9.
(d)
Chain Blocks: BS 3243.
(e)
Shackles: Alloy: BS 3551/ BS 6994.
(f)
Chain: BS 4942 part 1 & 6.
(g)
Hooks: BS 2903, ASME B30.10.
(h)
Ring and link: BS 2902.
AM
TC
(a)
A monthly inspection of lifting appliances shall be carried out by a competent person

employed by the Contractor. Full records of all such inspections and tests shall be kept by the
Contractor in an approved form and shall be made available to the Engineer immediately
upon demand. Copies of monthly inspection reports shall be submitted to the Engineer.
END OF PART
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
15: Temporary Controls
Page 1
TEMPORARY CONTROLS ..................................................................................... 2
15.1
15.1.1
GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 2
Scope
2
15.2
15.2.1
15.2.2
15.2.3
15.2.4
15.2.5
15.2.6
15.2.7
TEMPORARY CONTROLS ..................................................................................... 2

Construction Cleaning
2
Dust Control
2
Noise
2
Nuisance and Trespass
2
Pollution Control
3
Surface Water and Groundwater Control
3
Environmental protection
4
AM
TC
15
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 2
15
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
15.1
GENERAL
15.1.1
Scope
This Part specifies the Contractors responsibilities with respect to temporary controls needed
to protect the Works and the environment.

This Section
Part 5
Interference
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
15.2.1
Construction Cleaning
The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper upkeep and maintenance of the Site and
Works and shall remove from the Site all rubbish and other waste as it accumulates.
Materials and equipment shall be positioned, stored and stacked in an orderly manner.
Properly constructed rubbish chutes shall be used for clearing the debris from upper floors.
Debris shall be accumulated in suitable pre-determined areas and removed from the Site as
often as is practical.
On completion of the Works, any protective tape and other temporary coverings shall be
removed and the internal and external surface of the structure shall be thoroughly cleaned to
completely remove all dust, dirt, stains, handmarks, paint spots, plaster, mortar droppings
and other blemishes.
15.2.2
Dust Control
The Contractor shall conduct his operations and activities in such a manner that no operation
shall be included which will emit into the atmosphere any flying dust or dirt which might
constitute a nuisance.
15.2.3
Noise
The Contractor shall restrict the use of plant, machinery, equipment and work practises likely
to produce unacceptable noise levels to normal working hours.
15.2.4
Nuisance and Trespass
All reasonable means shall be used to avoid inconveniencing owners and occupiers of
adjacent properties. All plant, machinery or equipment shall be placed and used on the Site
so as to avoid any nuisance or trespass on adjoining property.
Should it be necessary for any plant, machinery or equipment to project or operate over
adjoining property, the Contractor shall obtain the permission of the adjoining owner or
occupier. Details of approvals shall be submitted to the Engineer in writing.
No workmen employed on the Works shall be allowed to trespass upon adjoining properties.
AM
TC
15.2
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 3
If in the execution of the Works it is necessary for the Contractor to enter adjacent properties,
he shall firstly obtain the permission of the owners of the property. The Contractor shall
ensure that any instructions made by the owners of the properties are strictly adhered to.
The Contractor shall be held responsible for and shall indemnify the Employer against all
claims, which may arise out of his failure to comply with provisions of items 1. 2. 3 and 4 of
Clause 1.15.2.4
15.2.5
Pollution Control
The Contractor shall ensure that none of his operations or work practises result in the
polluting of the air, underground strata or any existing watercourse, canal, lake, reservoir
borehole and aquifer.
The Contractor shall rectify any problem resulting from pollution caused by the Contractor to
the satisfaction of the Engineer.
The Contractor will be held responsible for and shall indemnify owner against all claims in
connection with noise, vibration, dust, smoke, diesel spillage and any other nuisance arising
from the execution of the Works.
15.2.6
Surface Water and Groundwater Control
The Contractor shall keep the Work well drained until the Engineer certifies that the whole of
the Works is substantially complete and shall ensure that so far as is practicable all work is
carried out in the dry. Excavated areas shall be kept well drained and free from standing
water.
The Contractor shall construct, operate and maintain all temporary dams, water courses and
other works of all kinds including pumping and well-point dewatering that may be necessary
to exclude water from the Works while construction is in progress. Such temporary works
shall not be removed without the approval of the Engineer.
Notwithstanding any approval by the Engineer of the Contractors arrangements for the
exclusion of water, the Contractor shall be responsible for the sufficiency thereof and for
keeping the Works safe at all times, particularly during periods of rainfall that may result in
flooding. Any damage to the Works arising through the Contractors failure to provide
sufficient protection against water, including flooding, shall be made good at his own
expense.
It is the Contractors responsibility to dispose of all extracted groundwater and collected

surface water. The Contractor shall submit details of his proposed disposal methods to the
Engineer for approval. Discharge of groundwater and/or surface water to existing drainage
facilities shall only be permitted if written approval is given by Public Works Authority and/or
concerned other authorities; copies of such approvals shall be submitted to the Engineer.
The Contractor is to take all necessary precautions to avoid floatation of any structure.
The Contractor shall ensure that his groundwater control activities do not adversely affect any
existing structure or service.
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 4
15.2.7
Environmental protection
The Contractor shall comply with all conditions of the environmental clearance issued for the
project by the Supreme Council for the Environment and Natural Reserves.
The Contractor shall comply with all rules and regulations regarding environmental protection
and pollution control issued by the Supreme Council for the Environment and Natural
Reserves.
AM
TC
END OF PART
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
16: Traffic Diversions
Page 1
16
TRAFFIC DIVERSIONS................................................................................. 2
16.1
GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 2
16.1.1
16.1.2
16.1.3
16.1.4
16.1.5
Scope
Conformance
Safety
System Description
Traffic Police Requirements
16.2
TEMPORARY TRAFFIC DIVERSIONS ......................................................... 3
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
AM
TC
16.2.1 General Requirements

16.2.2 Maintenance of Traffic flow
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 2
16
TRAFFIC DIVERSIONS
16.1
GENERAL
16.1.1
Scope
This Part specifies requirements associated with traffic diversions. Traffic diversions include
for work in, or affecting the use of, roads, footpaths and right of ways and may comprise the
construction and maintenance of paved and unpaved detour carriageways including all
earthworks and the provision of adequate drainage, lighting, sign posting, street furniture and
traffic control devices.

This Section
Part 4
Protection
Conformance
Signs, control and control devices associated with traffic diversions shall conform to the
relevant provisions of Traffic Control at Roadworks produced by the Ministry of Public
Works (latest edition/version) and shall be to the approval of the Traffic Police and the Public
Works Authority.
16.1.3
Safety
The Contractor is responsible for all safety issues associated with the installation, operation,
maintenance and removal of traffic diversions.
The Contractor shall provide lighting in accordance with the relevant provisions of Part 4 of
this Section, Protection.
16.1.4
System Description
Where the diversion of any existing road, footpath or public right or way is temporarily
necessitated by the Works, the Contractor shall provide and maintain an alternative which
shall be operational before interference with the existing facility.
Temporary traffic control devices as well as any other traffic management requirement shall
be erected and maintained by the Contractor for the duration of any activity in, or affecting the
use of, roads, footpaths and right of ways.
16.1.5
Traffic Police Requirements
Before any work in, or affecting the use of, any road, footpath, and right of way is
commenced, the Contractors proposed method of working shall be agreed with, and
confirmed in writing to, the Engineer and the Traffic Police.
Throughout the execution of the Works and the maintenance period, the Contractor shall cooperate with the Traffic Police concerning works in, or access to, roads, footpaths and right of
ways. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any requirements of, or arrangements
made with, the Traffic Police.
AM
TC
16.1.2
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 3
TEMPORARY TRAFFIC DIVERSIONS
16.2.1
The Contractor shall prepare detailed plans showing any proposed traffic diversions. The
plans shall fully detail the diversion in all respects and shall include construction details if
necessary. The plans shall show the position of ramps, traffic signs, cones, barriers,
demarcation posts and tape, flashing lights and any other traffic control devices. The plans
shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and shall be approved by the Traffic Police.
Traffic diversion apparatus shall not be erected until the Traffic Police have reviewed and
approved the traffic diversion plans.
Persons acting as flagmen shall be physically and mentally qualified, trained in their duties
and courteous. Each flagman on duty shall be identified with appropriate and distinctive
apparel approved by the Engineer and equipped with bilingual STOP/GO signs. Reflective
apparel is required for flagging duties during darkness.
Where paved carriageways, unpaved carriageways or ramps are required, they shall be
provided and maintained to a standard suitable in all respects for the class or classes of
traffic or pedestrians requiring the use of them.
On completion, all traffic diversion works and apparatus shall be removed and land affected
by them reinstated to its original condition.
16.2.2
Maintenance of Traffic flow
The Contractor shall allow for the construction of temporary diversions to permit all existing
traffic movements for the duration of the Contract period.
All diversions shall be constructed in accordance with the latest edition/version of Qatar
Traffic Manual Traffic Control at Roadworks booklet and the Qatar Highway Design Manual,
and shall be approved prior to the implementation by both the Engineer and Traffic Police. It
is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that any traffic diversion required is properly
signed, demarcated, illuminated, controlled and maintained at all times.
Upon the Engineers request, the Contractor shall install and commission temporary traffic
signals capable of handling the diverted traffic.
Sequential arrow boards operating on a 24-hour basis (engine or solar powered) must be
used at all diversion points.
Within the limits of the project where pedestrian traffic is present, all excavated areas,
regardless of depth, must be cordoned off by means of wired mesh panels of height no less
than 1.8m connected together to form a continuous barrier wall.
AM
TC
16.2
END OF PART
QCS 2014
17
Section 01: General

Part
17: Project Co-ordination
Page 1
PROJECT CO-ORDINATION ........................................................................ 2
17.1
GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 2
17.1.1 Scope
2
17.1.2 Responsibility
2
TC
CO-ORDINATION .......................................................................................... 2
Contractors Activities
2
Sub-Contractors
3
Other Contractors
3
Other Ministries
3
Liaison with the Public Utility Authorities and other Contractors
3
AM
17.2
17.2.1
17.2.2
17.2.3
17.2.4
17.2.5
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 2
17
PROJECT CO-ORDINATION
17.1
GENERAL
17.1.1
Scope
This Part specifies the co-ordination activities for which the Contractor is responsible.

This Section
Part 18
Other Contractors
Part 19
Regulatory Requirements
Responsibility
The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper co-ordination of all his activities associated
with the construction of the Works including that required between the Engineer, utility
owners, government departments, sub-contractors and other contractors.
No major operations shall be commenced or work outside the usual working hours be carried
out without the consent in writing of the Engineer or without full and complete notice also in
writing being given to him sufficiently in advance of the time of operation so as to enable him
to make such arrangements as he may deem necessary for its inspection.
17.2
CO-ORDINATION
17.2.1
Contractors Activities
The Contractor shall undertake the following co-ordination activities:
AM
TC
17.1.2
(a)
Co-ordinate construction activities under the various Sections of these Specifications

to assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Works.
(b)
Co-ordinate construction operations included under the various Sections of this

Specification that is dependent upon each other for proper installation, connection, and
operation.
(c)
Where installation of one part of the Work is dependent on installation of other

components, either before or after its own installation, the Contractor shall prepare
schedules and construction activities in the sequence required to obtain the best
results.
(d)
Where availability of space is limited, co-ordinate installation of different components

to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service and repair.
(e)
Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
(f)
Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution of each party involved outlining
special procedures required for co-ordination; include such items as required notices,
reports and attendance at meetings.
(g)
Prepare similar memoranda for the Engineer, separate contractors and subcontractors where co-ordination of their work is required.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 3
(h)
Take special care and precautions for specific co-ordination requirements for the
installation of plant and items of equipment.
(i)
Co-ordinate the scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other
construction activities to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress of the work.
Sub-Contractors
The Contractor is responsible for co-ordinating the work of his sub-contractors in all respects.
17.2.3
Other Contractors
The Contractor shall co-ordinate his work as necessary with other contractors in accordance
with the relevant provisions of Part 18, Other Contractors, of this Section.
17.2.4
Other Ministries
The Contractor shall co-ordinate his work as necessary with other Ministries in accordance
with the relevant provisions of Part 19, Regulatory Requirements, of this Section.
17.2.5
Liaison with the Public Utility Authorities and other Contractors
The Contractor shall liaise with all public utility authorities for water, electricity, telephones,
etc and shall:
TC
17.2.2
Provide public utility authorities with storage areas where applicable.
(b)
Assist in unloading of stores and equipment.
(c)
Ensure that all services or diversions of services are installed under the carriageway
and footways before they are surfaced.
(d)
Work out an overall programme for any works to be carried out by public utility
authorities and ensure that this programme is maintained.
(e)
Keep public utility authorities informed of the Contractors own progress.
(f)
Arrange for supply of services for all the affected permanent and temporary
accommodation, buildings, shops, trading areas etc even if it is not clearly mentioned
in the Project Documentation for the duration for the Contract:
(g)
Give the appropriate public utility authority adequate notice in writing that he intends to
install dry ducts so that a representative of the utility concerned may attend the
installation and record the location of the ducts together with the Contractor.
AM
(a)
The Contractor shall make due allowance for carrying out the works, whilst public utility
authorities are working on the Site, during the Contract period. This due allowance shall
include programming of the works to suit the programmes of the public utility authorities.
The Contractor shall at all times be responsible for the compliance with these requirements
of his sub-contractors.
Before final surfacing of any carriageways or footways takes place, the Contractor is
responsible for ascertaining from all public utility authorities that their underground works
have been completed. In the event that the Contractor failing to carry out this obligation to the
satisfaction of the Engineer and completed surfacing is subsequently disturbed, the Engineer
may instruct the Contractor to carry out work at his own expense.
END OF PART
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
18: Other Contractors
Page 1
18
OTHER CONTRACTORS.............................................................................. 2
18.1
GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 2
18.1.1 Scope
18.2
ACCESS FOR OTHER CONTRACTORS ..................................................... 2
18.2.1 Unhindered Access

18.3
CO-OPERATION AND CO-ORDINATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS 2
18.3.1 Co-operation at Site Level

18.4
FACILITIES FOR OTHER CONTRACTORS ................................................. 2
AM
TC
18.4.1 Site Facilities for Other Contractors
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
18: Other Contractors
Page 2
OTHER CONTRACTORS
18.1
GENERAL
18.1.1
Scope
This Part specifies the requirements for access to the Site for other contractors, for
co-operation and co-ordination with other contractors and for the provision of facilities with
other contractors.
18.2
ACCESS FOR OTHER CONTRACTORS
18.2.1
Unhindered Access
The Contractor shall allow other contractors unhindered access to any part of the Works
when in the opinion of the Engineer those parts are sufficiently completed.
18.3
CO-OPERATION AND CO-ORDINATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS
18.3.1
Co-operation at Site Level
The Contractor shall carry out his work in a manner that causes the minimum amount of
interference to other contractors working on the Site.
The Contractor shall co-ordinate his operations with the activities of other contractors where
necessary in order to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress of the Works.
Those works associated with existing or future service installation shall only be carried out by
a contractor or sub-contractor approved by the public utility authority concerned. The
Engineer shall require proof of such approval in writing prior to the commencement of works.
18.4
FACILITIES FOR OTHER CONTRACTORS
18.4.1
Site Facilities for Other Contractors
If specified in the Contract, the Contractor shall provide site facilities for other contractors.
AM
TC
18
END OF PART
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
19: Regulatory Requirements
Page 1
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2

GENERAL---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2
19.1.1
SCOPE --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2
19.1.2
REFERENCES ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2
19.2
NOTICES ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3
19.2.1
GENERAL ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3
19.2.2
NOTICE OF INTENT ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3
19.3
MISCELLANEOUS --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3
19.3.1
W ORK REQUIRED TO BE CARRIED OUT BY THE DEPARTMENT ----------------------------------------------- 3
19.3.2
REGULATIONS OF ROAD OPENINGS----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3
19.4
PROVISION FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES ----------------------------------------------------- 4
19.4.1
SCOPE --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
19.5
THERMAL COMFORT ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
19.6
THERMAL INSULATION --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
19.7
ACOUSTICAL CONTROL ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
19.8
W ASTE MANAGEMENT -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
19.8.1
CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION W ASTE --------------------------------------------------------------------- 5
19.8.2
BULK W ASTE COLLECTION --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
19.8.3
W ASTE STORAGE -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
19.8.4
W ASTE COLLECTION ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
19.8.5
RECYCLABLE W ASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES: ------------------------------------------------------------- 6
19.9
BUILDING FACADE/ EXTERNAL CLADDING MATERIAL -------------------------------------------------------- 7
19.9.1
CERTIFICATION AND APPROVAL ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
19.9.2
MATERIAL PROPERTIES ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
19.10
EXTERNAL FACADE CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE FOR HIGH RISE BUILDINGS -------------------------- 8
AM
TC
19
19.1
19.10.1 GENERAL ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8

19.10.2 MAINTENANCE MANUAL ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8
19.10.3 ACCESS OF CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE -------------------------------------------------------------------- 8
19.10.4 CLEANING ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9
19.10.5 INSPECTION --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9
19.11
PROVISION OF ABLUTION FACILITIES IN PUBLIC BUILDINGS ------------------------------------------------- 9
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 2
19
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
19.1
GENERAL
19.1.1
Scope
This part specifies the requirements for co-ordination, co-operation and liaison with the
following utility and infrastructure owners:
ASHGHAL- Infrastructure Affairs
ASHGHAL- Building Affairs
ASHGHAL- Assets Affairs
Qatar General Electricity & Water Corporation- KAHRAMAA
Qatar Telecom - Provider
Qatar Petroleum, QP
Q Rail
This part also specifies the requirements for co-ordination, co-operation and liaison with the
following authorities and departments:
Authorities having Municipal jurisdiction (Ministry of Energy & Industry, New Industrial area,
RLIC, MIC etc.)
TC
Civil Aviation Authority

Ministry of Awqaf and Islamic Affairs
Ministry of Environment
AM
Ministry of Interior (Civil Defense Department, Traffic Police, Department of Immigration,

Security Systems Department, etc)
Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Urban Planning (MMUP)
Private Engineering Office
3
The above shall collectively be known as Department in this Part.

This Section
Part 16
Part 17
Traffic Diversions
Project Co-ordination
Section 7
Section 11
Section 15
Section 25
Green Construction
Health and Safety
Insulation of Buildings
Glass and Glazing
Where any requirement(s) conflict with any other requirement(s) of Authorities or

Departments in the State of Qatar, the most stringent requirement(s) shall prevail.
19.1.2
References
Al Wakra City Zoning Plan and Regulations Report, 2008, Ministry of Municipality & Urban
Planning, State of Qatar
Civil Defense Regulations, Fire Prevention Department, General Administration of Civil
Defense, Ministry of Interior, State of Qatar
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 3
Code on Barrier-Free Accessibility in Buildings, 2002 (ver 1.0), Building and Construction
Authority, Singapore
Conditions and Descriptions of the Expedient Workers Residences, Resolution of the
Minister of Civil Service and Housing Affairs No. (17) of 2005, State of Qatar
NFPA 101 Life Safety Code, 2012 Edition, National Fire Protection Association, U.S.A.
Planning and Building Regulations for Flats & Flat Complexes, 1994, Planning Department,
Ministry of Municipal Affairs & Agriculture, State of Qatar
Planning and Building Regulations for Villas & Villa Complexes, 1995, Planning Department,
Ministry of Municipal Affairs & Agriculture, State of Qatar
Qatar Highway Design Manual, 1997 (Rev 0), Civil Engineering Department, Ministry of
Municipal Affairs & Agriculture, State of Qatar
Qatar Survey Manual, UPDA, The Centre for GIS State of Qatar.
Qatar Traffic Manual Vol. 1
Qatar Traffic Manual Vol. 2
Universal Design Guidelines, 2006, Building and Construction Authority, Singapore
NOTICES
19.2.1
General
All notices required to be given by the Contractor to the Department shall be in writing and
delivered by hand. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a copy of all notices
issued by the Contractor.
19.2.2
Notice of Intent
The Contractor shall give at least seven days notice to the Department of the date upon
which it is intended to operate plant or equipment or carry out any work for which permission
has been given in writing by the Department: such operations or work shall only be carried
out in the presence a representative of the Department unless written confirmation shall
have been obtained that this unnecessary.
19.3
MISCELLANEOUS
19.3.1
Work required to be carried out by the Department
If the Department requires work to be carried out on its installations during the execution of
the Works, the Contractor shall provide all facilities to the Departments contractor or
workmen. The Contractor shall co-ordinate the work of the Department and his own
activities, and when necessary shall amend his programme to suit the requirements of the
Department and shall keep the Engineer informed of all arrangements made.
19.3.2
Regulations of Road Openings
For Works including road openings, the Contractor shall comply with all relevant provisions
of the following Parts of this Section or direction of the Engineer.
Part 16
Part 21
AM
TC
19.2
Traffic Diversions.
Final Inspection and Handover
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 4
19.4
PROVISION FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES
19.4.1
Scope
The aim of this provision is to set out the fundamental design and construction requirements
and guidelines for making those buildings specified in Table 1 accessible to persons with
disabilities.
Table 1: Accessibility for Persons with Disabilities
No
1
Types of buildings
Accessible areas
Residential buildings:
(a) 3-storeys and below
All communal areas and facilities at ground floor.
(b) 4-storeys and above
All communal areas and facilities.
Office buildings
All areas intended for access by employees or

public.
Shophouses
The ground floor for non-residential use shall be

accessible to employees or public.
Shopping complexes and multipurpose

complexes

public.
Hotels and boarding houses

public.
Religious buildings and Mosques
Places of public resort
Cinemas, theatres, concert halls, stadia

or other places of public resort where
permanent seating arrangement is
provided

public.
Schools, colleges, universities or

institutions of learning

public.
10
Hostels, halls of residence or dormitories All areas intended for access by staff, students or
public.
11
Sports complexes and public swimming

pools
All areas intended for public access.
12
Restaurants and eating establishments

public.
13
Markets and hawker or food centres
All areas intended for public access.
14
Hospitals, clinics, dispensaries, nursing

homes, homes for the aged and welfare
homes
All areas intended for access by staff, patients,

inmates or public.
15
Factories, workshops and industrial

buildings 4-storeys and above

public.
16
Transport stations, interchanges,

passenger terminals and administration
buildings in depots

public.
17
Vehicle parks (surface parking or vehicle

parking buildings)
Prescribed areas.
AM
TC
All areas intended for access by worshippers or

public.
public.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 5
The Owner is recommended to follow and adopt suitable and relevant international barrier
free access guidelines which will allow persons with disabilities to enter, move around and
leave an establishment without hindrances.
Universal Design is a continuous process of innovation targeted at improving usability for

everyone. It is also known that Universal Design is the design of products and environment
to be usable by all people, to the greatest extent possible, without the need for adaptation or
specialised design. It is highly recommended that the Owner adopt Universal Design until the
authority (MMUP) approve reference.
19.5
THERMAL COMFORT
The heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) system must be capable of providing
the following range of conditions for 95% of the year
Lower Limit
Upper Limit
Dry bulb temperature
DB: 22.5 C
DB: 25.5 C
Relative humidity
RH: 30% (min)
RH: 60% (max)
For occupant comfort, normal occupied spaces should have a terminal air velocity between
(0.2-0.3) m/s.
19.6
THERMAL INSULATION
As specified in section 15
19.7
ACOUSTICAL CONTROL
As specified in section 15
19.8
WASTE MANAGEMENT
19.8.1
Construction and Demolition Waste
For all new buildings unless or until specified otherwise, at least fifty percent (50%) by
volume or weight of waste material generated during the construction and/ or demolition of
buildings must be diverted from disposal in landfills. Diverted materials must be recycled or
reused.
This should be done through one or more of the following three paths:
AM
TC
(a)
Concrete and Asphalt waste must be diverted to Construction Waste Treatment Plant.
(b)
Excavated soil, land-clearing debris and hazardous waste must be diverted to places
designated by the concerned Department of MMUP.
(c)
Other recyclable materials such as woods plastics and metals can be used at site or
diverted to a Recycling Facility.
The following materials are exempt from the calculation of the percentage of waste diverted
from disposal at landfill facilities:
(a)
Excavated soil and land-clearing debris; and
(b)
Hazardous waste
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 6
19.8.2
Bulk Waste Collection
For all new residential apartment buildings, an area must be provided for residents to place
items of bulky waste such as furniture, electrical appliances and sanitary ware. The area
2
provided must cover a space of approximately ten square meters (10 m ). The area does not
have to be designated solely for the purpose of bulky waste collection (eg: set aside to the
car park).
The bulky waste storage area must be reachable, must not restrict access to the building
and comply with safety and fire requirement.
19.8.3
Waste Storage
For all new villas and apartments (single family units), domestic kitchen must be provided
with a minimum storage facility of two ten (10) liter waste receptacles clearly labeled for
recyclable and non-recyclable. The storage facility should be in a proper place within the
kitchen.
19.8.4
Waste Collection
All new buildings which require chute for general waste, in accordance with Qatar MMUP
Regulations, one of the following must be provided:
A second chute must be provided to handle recyclable material and discharge into a
separate receptacle within the waste management area; or
(b)
The garbage room on each floor must have a minimum floor area of two square
2
meters (2 m ) where recyclable waste can be stored until collected daily by the
building operator. Waste must be transported through designated medium (chute,
service elevator etc.) into the waste management area.
AM
TC
(a)
All new buildings which does not require chute for general waste, in accordance with Ministry
of Municipal Affairs and Urban Planning Regulation, the garbage room on each floor must
2
have a minimum floor area of three square meters (3 m ) where non-recyclable and
recyclable waste can be stored until collected daily by the building operator. Waste must be
transported in a service left discharge into a designated receptacle within the waste
management.
19.8.5
Recyclable Waste Management Facilities:
For all new buildings other than villas, a sorting and storage facility for recyclable materials
must be provided.
This facility must be easily accessible and comply with the requirements of the location,
access and specifications of general waste areas in accordance with Qatar Municipality
Building Regulations.
The sorting and storage facility may be part of the general waste management facility or a
separate facility.
(a)
Recycled waste facility incorporated into the general waste collection:

2
The size of the room must be increased by 10% and not less than 5 m , to allow
additional room to sort and store the recyclable waste.
QCS 2014
(b)
Section 01: General

Part
Page 7
Recycled waste facility separated from the general waste collection:

The recycled waste facility must be sized as a percentage from the total Built Up Area
(BUA) of the building in accordance with Table 2.
Where the Total Built Up Area (BUA) of the building falls between the figures outlined in the
Table, linear interpolation must be used to determine an appropriate percentage area for the
recyclable storage space.
Table 2: Sizing Requirements for Storage of Recyclables
Built Up Area (BUA)
Minimum Space for Storage of Recyclables
Less than 500 m2
7.5m
500 m
1.5% of BUA
1,000 m
0.8% of BUA
5,000 m
0.35% of BUA
10,000 m or greater
0.25% of BUA
BUILDING FACADE/ EXTERNAL CLADDING MATERIAL
19.9.1
Certification and approval
External Cladding material must be tested by an approved 3

manufacturer shall have certified ISO 9000 compliant QMS.
External Cladding materials that are combustible must be submitted to the Qatar Civil
Defense for review and approval. Submissions shall include copies of relevant test reports
and details on the proposed fixings used to secure the material to the building. On approval,
a Qatar Civil Defense certificate for the External Cladding material will be issued to the
submitting party.
19.9.2
Material properties
External Cladding Material (ECM) fixed to buildings shall be non-combustible and shall be
composed of environmentally friendly materials and substances.
ECM not complying with 19.8.2.1 above must have the following fire propagation and flame
spread properties.
rd
party test laboratory. The
AM
TC
19.9
(a)
(b)
When tested in accordance with BS 476 Part 6:

(i)
Fire Propagation index, no greater than 4.0
(ii)
any sub index must not be greater than 2.0, and
When tested in accordance with BS 476 Part 7:

(i)
flame spread after 10 minutes must be less than 25 mm
Alternative test methods and Standards such as AS, BSI and ISO may be used to verify
compliance in test reports provided the method of testing is demonstrated to be equivalent
and verifies an equal or better fire performance result to those nominated in 19.8.2.2 above.
Details of the ECM's approval and listings, its method of fixing and the extent of usage shall
be included in the proposed Building Plans fire safety submission for compliance verification.
QCS 2014
19.10
Section 01: General

Part
Page 8
EXTERNAL FACADE CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE FOR HIGH RISE

BUILDINGS
19.10.1 General
1.
Any building measuring 28 meters or above in height is classified as a high rise building as
per Qatar Civil Defense Department. This section is intended to provide a framework for the
cleaning and maintenance of the faade for high rise buildings. The faade will require both
cleaning and maintenance to achieve its anticipated life and desired purpose. Failure to
undertake this work can considerably reduce the life of materials, components and finishes.
The provision of correct documentation and instruction at the completion of construction will
permit the building owner to gain the best achievable performance from the faade.
19.10.2 Maintenance Manual

A maintenance manual should be produced for the completed works. The number and
specific requirements for the manual should be specified at tender stage. The manual should
be developed in parallel with the design and should include, but not be limited to, the
following information:
The name, address and telephone number of each firm and/ or sub-contractor
involved in the supply of materials, components, assemblies and finishes.
(b)
A clear and concise description of the construction used to form the various areas of
faade on the particular project.
(c)
Copies of material, component and finishes certification and test reports as required
by the Specifier.
(d)
A method statement showing the means of access to all parts of the wall and safe
loadings.
(e)
A method statement covering the procedures for replacement of damaged or

otherwise defective materials or components, and materials and components that
have a design life less than the design of the faade and will therefore require
replacement during the life of the faade.
(f)
Recommendations for routine maintenance, cleaning, suitable cleaning agents and

any lubrication/adjustments to working parts.
(g)
A full set of construction drawings updated to include any changes made up to the
time of completion.
(h)
The terms and conditions of any guarantees.
TC
(a)
AM
19.10.3 Access of Cleaning and Maintenance

1
The Building Owner/ Specifier should provide a means of access which enables all parts of
the faade to be safely reached for the purpose of cleaning, inspection and maintenance.
The intended method of access should be established at the design stage and the relevant
loads catered for. Particular care should be made to define all possible imposed loads
including impact loads and uplift forces on projections by snagging.
The access system should comply with the appropriate British Standards (BS 6037, BS
5974). Specifiers should also make themselves aware of any statutory obligations related to
Occupational Health and Safety at Work.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 9
The access system should not be capable of imparting forces upon the cladding system
exceeding those agreed at the design stage. It is important that the various parties agree the
design parameters early in the design process.
The access equipment should be maintained, examined periodically by a competent person

and certified in accordance with statutory regulations.
19.10.4 Cleaning
1
The supplier of the faade should provide instruction for the proper cleaning and routine
maintenance of the faade.
Cleaning of the faade should be undertaken by trained personnel working to an agreed

procedure, based upon the faade contractors recommendations, at a frequency not less
than the recommended intervals.
19.10.5 Inspection
The faade should be inspected at regular intervals to an agreed method. The faade
contractor, in consultation with the project team, should suggest methods and procedures to
be utilized. The purpose of this inspection includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the
following:
To review the effectiveness of cleaning methods employed.
(b)
To monitor the performance of the materials and components of the faade system
against their anticipated life.
(c)
Inspecting for damage or failure of any part of the system.
(d)
Checking on the effectiveness of maintenance or remedial work.
TC
(a)
AM
It is recommended that a detailed inspection plan is drawn up at the time of construction in

consultation between the design and construction teams. The inspection plan should include
procedures and recording methods to enable a systematic monitoring of the condition of the
Curtain wall and assist in the prediction of the need for preventative maintenance or
replacement of component parts.
Inspections should be carried out by suitably experienced persons to the specific procedures
detailed in the inspection plan. The results of these inspections should be compared with
previous inspections where appropriate. The building owner should ensure these results are
available for reference.
19.11
PROVISION OF ABLUTION FACILITIES IN PUBLIC BUILDINGS
The public buildings, for the purpose of provision of Ablution facilities are considered to be
Offices, Shopping Centres, Malls and Hypermarkets.
The occupant load (population) for each building type shall be calculated as per guidelines of
Qatar Civil Defense Department.
Separate Ablution facilities are to be provided for Men and Women close to the Prayer Area.
QCS 2014
Page 10
The number of Ablution stalls shall be calculated as per Table 3 below.

Table 3: Provision of Ablution Facility
Facility Type
Occupant Population
No. of Ablution Stalls
Up to 50
02
For 51 and above
01
For each additional 50
Up to 200
02
For 201 and above
01
Up to 200
02
Office Building
Shopping Mall
201- 2000 people

For 2001 and above
END OF PART
TC
Shopping Centre
Hypermarket
AM
Section 01: General

Part
01
01
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
20: Clearance of the Site
Page 1
CLEARANCE OF SITE ............................................................................................ 2
20.1
20.1.1
GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 2
Scope
2
20.2
20.2.1
20.2.2
20.2.3
20.2.4
FINAL CLEARING ................................................................................................... 2

General
2
Internal and External Surfaces
2
The Site
2
Miscellaneous
3
AM
TC
20
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 2
20
CLEARANCE OF SITE
20.1
GENERAL
20.1.1
Scope
This Part specifies the requirements for the final clearance of the Site.
20.2
FINAL CLEARING
20.2.1
General
Final clearing shall be done before the final inspection.
All waste materials shall be removed from the Site and disposed of properly.
20.2.2
Internal and External Surfaces
The Contractor shall clean all interior and external surfaces exposed to view. The Contractor
shall undertake the following to the satisfaction of the Engineer:
Remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances.
(b)
Polish transparent and glossy surfaces.
(c)
Clean roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems.
(d)
Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces.
(e)
Broom clean concrete floors and unoccupied spaces.
(f)
Clean light fixtures and lamps so they operate at maximum efficiency.
(g)
Other cleaning tasks as specified by the Engineer.
AM
TC
(a)
20.2.3
The Site
The Contractor shall clean the Site and shall undertake the following to the satisfaction of the
Engineer:
(a)
Sweep paved areas and rake all other surfaces.
(b)
Remove litter and foreign substances.
(c)
Remove stains, chemical spills and other foreign deposits.
(d)
Any other cleaning tasks as specified by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall abide by the latest regulations of the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and
Agriculture and relevant municipalities in clearance of construction works refuse.
QCS 2014
Page 3
Clearance and transportation of construction works refuse:

(a)
The Contractor shall undertake to carry out the following within a maximum period of
30 days after completion of the agreed building or project and preparing it for use or
stoppage of work for an indefinite period.
(i)
Removal of the entire Contractors equipment, machinery and other belongings

from the work site.
(ii)
Clearance of all earth, debris and refuse whatsoever and transporting them to
the location designated by the concerned municipality, delivering the building or
project absolutely clean and free of any such materials and delivery of the
surrounding area levelled to the natural level of the street pavement.
(b)
In the case of Contractors delay or refusal to carry out such a job, he shall have to pay
a penal compensation as defined in the contract for delay for each day or part of day.
This compensation shall be final and the judiciary shall not be entitled to mitigate it and
it does not require establishing the occurrence of any damage to the owner.
(c)
In addition, the Owner shall be entitled to clear the refuse himself and transport it to the
location designated by the concerned municipality. The Owner shall deduct the cost of
refuse clearance, transport and any other related costs including the office expenses
and overhead cost from the payment or the money due to the Contractor. He may also
stop the final payment due to the Contractor until such refuse has been cleared and a
certificate confirming this has been obtained from the concerned Municipality.
TC
Section 01: General

Part
Miscellaneous
The Contractor shall clean or replace all mechanical filters for equipment included in the
Works and for equipment directly affected by the construction of the Works.
AM
20.2.4
END OF PART
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
21: Final Inspection and Handover Procedures
Page 1
21
FINAL INSPECTION AND HANDOVER PROCEDURES .............................. 2
21.1
GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR INSPECTION AND HANDOVER .............. 2
21.1.1
21.1.2
21.1.3
21.1.4
Scope
Pre-requisite for Final Inspection
Approvals from Public Authorities
Hand Over
21.2
ITEMS TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR .................................... 4
21.2.1 Provision of Tools, Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials

21.2.2 Guarantee Warrantees and Bonds
21.3
2
2
3
3
4
4
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORKS ................................................. 4
21.3.1 Operation Data

21.3.2 Operation and Maintenance Manuals
21.3.3 Operational, Field and Performance Testing
4
4
5
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS.............................................................. 5
21.4.1
21.4.2
21.4.3
21.4.4
General
Record Drawings
Record Specifications
Maintenance Period Final Inspection
AM
TC
21.4
5
6
6
6
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 2
21
FINAL INSPECTION AND HANDOVER PROCEDURES
21.1
GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR INSPECTION AND HANDOVER
21.1.1
Scope
This Part specifies the requirements and procedures associated with the inspection and
handover of the Works.
Related sections and Parts are as follows:

This Section
Part 7
Part 9
Part 20
Submittals
Materials
Clearance of Site
Section 2
Section 9

Mechanical and Electrical Equipment
21.1.2
Pre-requisite for Final Inspection
The Contractor shall complete the following to the satisfaction of the Engineer before
requesting the pre-handover Inspection:
Submit final manufacturer certification, guarantees, warranties and similar documents.
(b)
Submit occupancy permits, operating certificates, final inspection and test certificates
and similar releases enabling full and unrestricted use of the Works.
(c)
Submit record drawings, operation and maintenance manuals, final project

photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys and similar physical
items.
(d)
Complete submittal of record documents.
(e)
Make final changeover of locks and deliver the keys to the Engineer.
(f)
Complete start-up, testing of system, and training of the Owners operations and
maintenance personnel; submit equipment operating data as well as all test reports
and test data required by the Contract.
(g)
Dismantle and remove temporary facilities and services from the Site; this includes
utilities, construction tools, buildings and facilities, mock-ups, and similar elements
(h)
Complete final cleaning.
(i)
Repair and restore exposed finishes which have been marred or otherwise damaged.
(j)
Handover all spare parts, tools and maintenance equipment.
(k)
In Network Projects, partial handling over would be acceptable, if it completely met all
the above mentioned requirements.
(l)
Closure of all identified Non-conformance and deficiencies to the satisfaction of the

Engineer
AM
TC
(a)
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 3
When the Contractor has completed and cleaned the Works to the satisfaction of the
Engineer the Contractor shall request a final inspection. The request shall be forwarded to
the Owner by the Engineers Representative and a suitable date for the inspection shall be
arranged. The Contractor, Engineers Representative, maintenance department (if any) and
the supervising consultant (if any) shall be present. A list of outstanding items (if any) shall
be agreed and issued to the Contractor.
Upon completion of the listed outstanding items a further inspection shall be requested by the
Contractor, the request shall be forwarded to the Owner by the Engineers Representative
and a suitable date for the inspection shall be arranged. The Contractor, Engineers
Representative, maintenance department (if any) and the supervising consultant (if any) shall
be present.
A list of any items still outstanding shall be issued to the Contractor. If any of these are
deemed to be significant the Contractor shall complete these items and then request another
inspection as described in clause 21.1.2-2.
In respect of pumping station or Works involving mechanical or electrical equipment if items

outstanding are deemed not to be significant or if no outstanding items remain then a 7 day
commissioning and running test shall be initiated. On completion of all tests and agreement
by the Engineers Representative that the plant is considered operable then it shall be
handed over. A 14 day training period for the maintenance department staff on the operation
of the pumping station shall commence.
For works that have no mechanical or electrical equipment if the outstanding items are
deemed not to be significant or if no outstanding items remain the Works inspected shall be
handed over.
21.1.3
Approvals from Public Authorities
The Contractor shall obtain all clearance certificates and approvals required as a prerequisite
to connecting the Works to the permanent water and/or power supply.
The Contractor shall co-ordinate with the Engineer to obtain the necessary documents from
the Qatar General Electricity & Water Corporation regarding connection to the permanent
water and/or power supply.
21.1.4
Hand Over
When the Contractor considers that the Works are complete he shall submit the following:
AM
TC
(a)
A certificate stating that the Works are complete and that all the requirements of the
Project Documentation have been met.
(b)
A certificate stating that the Works have been inspected.
(c)
A certificate from the appropriate Municipality regarding cleanliness of the Site.
(d)
Approval from the PWA regarding satisfactory trench reinstatement in the Highway (if
applicable).
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 4
ITEMS TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR
21.2.1
Provision of Tools, Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials
The Contractor shall provide all tools, spare parts and maintenance materials specified in the
The Contractor shall provide an itemised list of all the items to be furnished under this
Clause. Each item to be furnished shall be given a unique reference number. The list shall
include the reference number, a description of the item and the appropriate Specification
Section and Paragraph.
All the items furnished under this Clause shall be packaged for long term storage. Any items
requiring special storage conditions shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer.
All items furnished under this Clause shall be provided with a mark or tag for identification
purposes. The mark or tag shall include the reference number detailed in Clause 21.2.1-2.
Unless otherwise instructed, all items furnished under this Clause shall be delivered to the
Government Stores in accordance with the relevant provision of Part 9 of this Section,
Materials.
21.2.2
Guarantee Warrantees and Bonds
The Contractor shall provide notarised copies of all guarantees, warranties and bonds as
required by the Project Documentation. The guarantees, warranties and bonds should be
assembled in a binder with a durable plastic cover, complete with a table of contents.
The start of the warranty or guarantee period shall be either:
AM
TC
21.2
(a)
The date when any item is placed into full time operation for the Governments benefit
and with the Engineers approval.
(b)
The date of issue of the completion certificate.
21.3
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORKS
21.3.1
Operation Data
The Contractor shall provide all operating data for all mechanical and electrical equipment
supplied under the Contract.
The operating data shall be presented on A4 size paper in ring binder with a durable plastic
cover.
21.3.2
Operation and Maintenance Manuals
The Contractor shall provide approved Operation and Maintenance Manuals in accordance
with the relevant provisions of Section 9, Mechanical and Electrical Equipment and Part 7 of
this Section, Submittals.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 5
Operational, Field and Performance Testing
After all construction and starting is complete and before taking-over of any part of the
Works, the Contractor shall perform operational, field and performance tests as called for in
The Contractor shall demonstrate operation of the facilities of the Engineer showing proper
sequence of operation as well as satisfactory performance of the system and individual
components. Any improper operation of the system or any improper, neglected or faulty
construction shall be repaired or corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor
shall make such changes, adjustments or replacement of equipment as may be required to
make same comply with the Specifications, or replace any defective parts or material.
Failure of the system to perform at the specified level at the time of testing will be the
responsibility of the Contractor. In the event of failure of equipment to meet the specified
performance, the Owner reserves the right to reject such equipment or system, withhold
retention money or make claims on the Performance Bond.
The Contractor shall submit a consolidated schedule of operation, field and performance
tests no later than three (3) months before the schedule start of the first test and weekly a
schedule of tests to be carried out the following week. The Contractor shall inform the
Engineer not later than 24 hours in advance of changes in the scheduling of a test.
For all specified performance tests, the Contractor shall prepare and submit the following:
TC
21.3.3
A draft test procedure no later than two (2) months in advance of the schedule test
date.
(b)
A final test procedure no later two (2) weeks in advance of the scheduled test date.
(c)
A test report within two (2) weeks of the successful completion of the test.
AM
(a)
21.4
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
21.4.1
General
Project Record Documents shall be kept separate from construction/working documents.
Project Record Documents shall be stored in facilities that provide a suitable environment to
prevent damage or deterioration and to prevent loss.
Project Record Documents shall include, but not be limited to the following:
(a)
Drawings.
(b)
Specifications.
(c)
Addenda.
(d)
Variation orders.
(e)
Correspondence.
(f)
Transmittals
(g)
Inspection and Test Records
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 6
21.4.2
Record Drawings
Record drawings shall be clearly and correctly red-marked by the Contractor to show all
changes made during the construction process. The record drawings shall show the Works
as executed in accordance with the relevant provisions of Part 7 of this Section - Submittals.
21.4.3
Record Specifications
Record specifications shall be clearly and correctly annotated to show all changes made
during the construction process.
21.4.4
Maintenance Period Final Inspection
During the last month of the period of maintenance the Engineer will notify the maintenance
department that the maintenance period is about to expire. An inspection of the Works by
the Engineers Representative, maintenance department, and the Contractor shall be
undertaken to verify that all outstanding items have been completed.
AM
TC
END OF PART
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
22: New Technologies and Innovations
Page 1
NEW TECHNOLOGIES AND INNOVATIONS............................................... 2
22.1
GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR APPROVAL............................................... 2
22.1.1
22.1.2
22.1.3
22.1.4
22.1.5
Scope
Pre-requisite for Approval
Technologies And Innovations Of Interest
Documentation
Final Inspection And Approval
AM
TC
22
2
2
2
3
3
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 2
NEW TECHNOLOGIES AND INNOVATIONS
22.1
GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR APPROVAL
22.1.1
Scope
Qatar is committed to researching and using new technology and innovations within
construction industry. Because of this commitment it is open to proposals from outside
agencies in the use of new technologies and innovations.
This Part specifies the requirements associated with the proposal and approval of new
technologies and innovations for use in construction in Qatar.
22.1.2
Pre-requisite for Approval
New technologies / innovations are allowed for use in any project on experimental or
research basis after getting an approval from National Committee For Construction and
Building materials Specifications (NCCBS) of the Ministry of Environment and any other
concerned parties.
The period allowed for such an experiment or research shall be limited to a trial period of a
maximum of two years after which it will be evaluated prior to approval or otherwise by the
concerned parties.
The supplier will be required to submit a guarantee certificate for an agreed period of time.
The supplier shall submit a written warranty to bear all fiscal and legal responsibilities as a
result of using the experiment if not meeting the suppliers claims/specifications. He shall
remove any material or debris left from the experiment.
22.1.3
Technologies And Innovations Of Interest
The following are of particular interest to Qatar :
AM
TC
22
(a)
Polymer Modified Bitumen (PMB)
(b)
Superpave
(c)
Performance Grade Binders suitable for the climatic conditions of Qatar (i.e. PG 76-10)
(d)
Cold Laid Asphalt
(e)
Rubber Recycling
(f)
Stone Mastic Asphalt (SMA)
(g)
Glass Reinforced Plastic (GRP) pipes
(h)
Polyethylene (PE) Plain and Corrugated pipes
(i)
Fibre Reinforced Concrete
(j)
Recycling of materials from demolished buildings and roads
Notwithstanding the above Qatar wishes suppliers to propose technology and innovations
that it believes can benefit Qatar and the environment.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 3
22.1.4
Documentation
The technology provider shall be requested to submit with his proposals the following
documents:
Drawings
(b)
Specifications
(c)
Technology Reference and Manual
(d)
Specifications and Source
(e)
Reference from previous clients
(f)
Transmittals
(g)
Inspection and Test Records
(h)
Health and Safety requirements
(i)
Environmental requirements
(j)
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) regarding but not limited to transportation,
handling & storage, and First Aid requirements
(k)
Financial arrangements
TC
(a)
Final Inspection And Approval
Final approval of the technology will be dependant on NCCBS visits, inspection and tests.
Upon satisfaction of the committee, written approval shall be given and the specifications
incorporated into the QCS.
AM
22.1.5
END OF PART
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Page 1
Part
23: Design & Supervision Consultant Quality Requirements
DESIGN & SUPERVISION CONSULTANT QUALITY REQUIREMENTS................................ 2
23.1
23.1.1
23.1.2
23.1.3
GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 2
Scope
2
References
2
Definitions
2
23.2
23.2.1
23.2.2
23.2.3
23.2.4
23.2.5
23.2.6
DESIGN CONSULTANT QUALITY REQUIREMENTS ............................................ 3

Quality Responsibility and Duties
3
Quality System Documentation
3
Quality Plan
4
Construction Inspection and Test Requirements Specification
5
Design Consultant Verification of Sub Consultants
5
Quality Records
5
23.3
23.3.1
23.3.2
23.3.3
23.3.4
23.3.5
23.3.6
23.3.7
23.3.8
23.3.9
23.3.10
23.3.11
23.3.12
23.3.13
23.3.14
23.3.15
SUPERVISION CONSULTANT QUALITY REQUIREMENTS.................................. 5

Quality Responsibilities and Duties
5
7
Quality Plan
8
Inspection and Test Plans (ITPS)
9
Technical Procedures, Work Instructions and Method Statements
9
Monitoring by Supervision Consultants
10
Review of Contractor Quality Documentation
10
Inspection Responsibilities
11
Inspections and Test Surveillance Points
11
Visits
12
Supervision Consultant Verification
12
Interfacing
12
Punch Lists
12
Protection of the Works
12
Quality Records
12
AM
TC
23
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Page 2
Part
23
DESIGN & SUPERVISION CONSULTANT QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
23.1
GENERAL
23.1.1
Scope
This Part specifies the Quality Assurance activities to be performed by Design and
Supervision Consultants during all phases of the Contract and should be read in conjunction
with all other parts of the Contract.
The purpose of this part is to define Design and Supervision Consultants responsibility for
demonstrating that the work under the contract is executed to the quality standards required
by the contract and to outline verification activities.
23.1.2
References
The following standards are referred to in this part:

BS EN ISO 9000:2005
Quality Management systems. Fundamentals and vocabulary
BS EN ISO 9001:2008
Quality Management systems. Requirements
BS ISO 10006:2003 ...Quality Management systems, Guidelines for Quality Management in

Projects
BS EN ISO 19011:2011
TC
BS ISO 10005:2005 ...Quality Management systems. Guidelines for Quality Plans

Guidelines for auditing management systems
AM
QCS Qatar Construction Specification

23.1.3
Definitions
Defect or Non-conformance: any part of the Works not executed, provided or completed in
accordance with the Contract. For the avoidance of doubt and without limiting the generality
of the expression the term shall be taken to include any item of Plant, material, goods or work
incorporated or used in the Works which does not or may not conform to the relevant quality
standards or pass the tests prescribed in or to be inferred from the Contract
Owner: The Ministry, Municipality, Department, Affairs, Agency, Authority, or individual for
whom the Project is being undertaken and to whom the handover of the final product will be
made.
QA & QC: Quality Assurance & Quality Control and this may be written as QA/QC.
QA: Quality Assurance. Part of quality management focused on providing confidence that
quality requirements will be fulfilled. QA involves a continuous evaluation of the adequacy
and effectiveness of the overall Quality Management System in order to evaluate the
deviation from established quality objectives.
QC: Quality Control. Part of quality management focused on fulfilling quality requirements.
The QC involves specific control points during design, fabrication or construction stages to
check the fulfilling of design criteria, acceptance criteria (tolerance, etc.), performance criteria
or functional criteria.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Page 3
Part
QMS: Quality Management System. A set of interrelated or interacting processes, activities

or tasks to direct Project resources to achieve established quality policy and objectives.
Quality Management: Coordinated activities to direct and control an organization with

regards to quality.
23.2
DESIGN CONSULTANT QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
23.2.1
Quality Responsibility and Duties
The Design Consultant shall be responsible for setting up implementing and monitoring his
own Contract Specific Quality Management System meeting the requirements of this part.
The Design Consultant shall be responsible for quality auditing, monitoring and oversight of
any sub-consultants under their control.
The Design Consultant shall perform and or witness any examinations and tests necessary to
demonstrate conformance of the works to the requirements of the Contract and shall accept
only works by the Contractor that so conform:
The Design Consultant shall establish and maintain a system of records which shall provide
objectives evidence that the supervision Consultant is meeting the requirements of this
specification and that the Contractors control and inspections are effective in meeting the
minimum standards required under their contract. Records shall be made available to the
Engineer in accordance with the requirements stated herein or elsewhere in the contract.
The Design Consultant will be subject to monitoring through audit and surveillance by the
Engineer. In both cases the Design Consultant shall promptly rectify any negative findings
with their Quality System rectify non-conformities and corrective actions found during audit
and surveillance activities directed at them.
No part of the Quality system shall be used to preclude or otherwise negate the requirement
of any part of the contract, or the obligation of the Design Consultant pursuant to the
Contract.
The Design Consultant shall appoint a suitably qualified, Quality Manager to verify that the
requirements of this specification are met. The proposed Quality Manager shall be subject to
approval by the Engineer.
23.2.2
The Design Consultant Quality system shall Include as a minimum the following
AM
TC
(a)
Quality Plan as detailed in 23.2.3 below
(b)
Procedures and work instruction: The Design Consultant Quality system must include
all relevant technical procedures and other pertinent documentation to ensure that the
design works are completed in accordance with the contract, with specific reference to
the minimum requirements of standards reference in 23.1.2 above and including the
mandatory procedures required by ISO 9001:2008.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Page 4
Part
(c)
Quality Records: In addition to (and including) quality records identified in the contract
or other applicable codes, standards or procedures, the Design Consultant shall
identify project quality records in compliance with the minimum requirements
standards referenced in 23.1.2 above.
(d)
Reference and other related documents.
Quality system documents shall be submitted to the owner for review, comment and approval
within 30 days after contract award. In the event that comments are made on the contract
Quality system documentation submitted for review and comment, the design consultant
shall make adjustments, correction, amendment or alteration required. Such comment will be
made on the premise that the adjustment, correction, amendment or alteration is within the
scope of the contract and will not affect the contract conditions, specifications, guarantees,
price or the like in anyway.
Adjustments, corrections, amendments or alterations made by the Design Consultant to the

contract quality system shall, after revision be resubmitted by the Design Consultant to the
owner for review and approval.
23.2.3
Quality Plan
Design Consultants are required to submit Quality Plan (addressing their design activities)
which are specific (not generic) to the Contract, meeting as a minimum the requirements of
the standards referenced in 23.1.2 above. This plan shall reference, or include other
documentation which is relevant to the Contract. However as a stand-alone document, the
Quality Plan shall clearly indicate how the Quality process shall be applied to meet the
requirements of the contract. Particular emphasis is to be placed on the following.
AM
TC
(a)
Relevant extracts from the Corporate Quality Manual reference to specifications,

standards etc;
(b)
List of all procedures applicable to the project;
(c)
QA/QC Organisation;
(d)
Document Control;
(e)
Inspection and Test;
(f)
Specific work practices;
(g)
List of all procedures applicable to the Consultants Project Quality System;
(h)
Audits (including internal and external Audits Plans);
(i)
Management Review;
(j)
Quality objectives, Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)
(k)
Allocation of resources;
(l)
Responsibilities and authority for all phases of work;
(m)
Control of Non-conformance, corrective and preventive actions.
(n)
Contract Changes;
(o)
Lessons learned and continual improvement;
(p)
Purchasing Process e.g. Sub Consultants.
(q)
Quality Records
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Page 5
Part
The Design Consultants Quality plan will make reference to and take into account applicable
codes, standards, specifications, quality characteristics and regulatory requirements as
necessary. It will identify the criteria by which the design and developments inputs and
outputs should be accepted, and how, at what stage(s) and by whom, the outputs should be
reviewed, verified and validated.
The Design Consultants Quality Plan will also state the following.
(a)
How request for changes and development will be controlled to meet Contractual
requirements;
(b)
Who is authorised to initiate a change request;
(c)
How changes will be reviewed in terms of their impact;
(d)
Who is authorised to approve or rejects changes;
(e)
How the implementation of changes will be verified;
(f)
When design and development reviews take place;
Construction Inspection and Test Requirements Specification
The Design Consultant shall provide a specification addressing the complete inspection and
testing regime related to their design output, taking into account the requirements of the
QCS. This shall be guiding document by which Supervision Consultants and Contractors will
be held accountable for all on and off site tests and inspections to be performed. The
Inspection and Test Requirements Specifications must be sufficiently detailed to leave no
questions regarding the number of samples required or types of tests to be made over and
above the requirements of the QCS and which standards must be complied with.
23.2.5
Design Consultant Verification of Sub Consultants
The Design Consultant is required to perform audits and verification activities at any sub
consultants premises to gain assurance that the subcontracted product conforms to specified
requirements.
23.2.6
Quality Records
In addition to (and including) quality records identified in the contract or other applicable
codes, standards or procedures, the Design Consultant shall determine project Quality
records in compliance with requirements of ISO 9001:2008 and other relevant standards
stated in contract documents and 23.1.2 above.
The list of quality records generated during the life of the contract, and made available upon
request for review by the Owner, shall be indexed by the Design Consultant in his Quality
Plan.
The Design Consultant shall maintain Registers for all incoming and outgoing documents.
23.3
SUPERVISION CONSULTANT QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
23.3.1
Quality Responsibilities and Duties
The Supervision Consultant shall be responsible for setting up implementing and monitoring
his own Contract Specific Quality Management System meeting the requirements of this part
AM
TC
23.2.4
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Page 6
Part
The Supervision Consultant shall be responsible for quality auditing, monitoring and oversight
of themselves any consultants, contractors, sub-contractors (Including laboratories) under
their control.
The Supervision Consultant shall perform and/or witness any examinations and tests
necessary to demonstrate conformance of the works to the requirements of the Contract and
shall accept only works by the Contractor that comply with the specified requirements.
The Supervision Consultant shall witness sampling and related testing performed on as well
as testing performed in external Third Party Laboratories.
The Supervision Consultant shall establish and maintain a system of records which shall
provide objectives evidence that the supervision Consultant is meeting the requirements of
this specification and that the Contractors control and inspections are effective in meeting the
minimum standards required under their contract. Records shall be made available to the
Engineer in accordance with the requirements stated herein or elsewhere in the contract.
The Supervision Consultant will be subject to monitoring through audit and surveillance by
the Engineer. In both cases the Supervision Consultant shall promptly rectify any negative
findings with their quality system rectify non-conformities and corrective actions found during
audit and surveillance activities directed at them.
The Supervision Consultants shall follow up on all findings (NCRs, CARs Observations)
issued on the project to, or by the contractor or other entities under the contract.
No part of the quality system shall be used to preclude or otherwise negate the requirement
of any part of the contract, or the obligation of the Supervision Consultant pursuant to the
Contract.
The Supervision Consultant is responsible for ensuring the contactors Work meets all
technical and quality requirements of the contract and shall keep continuous records of
action taken and shall advise the Engineer in writing of significant alteration to construction or
manufacturing techniques to ensure that specified requirements are met.
10
The Supervision Consultant shall conduct audit and surveillance activities to provide
evidence of the use and effectiveness of the Contractors quality system throughout the
execution of the contract.
11
The Supervision Consultant will ensure that the Contractor has included the quality
assurance requirements of the contract into subcontracts entered into by the Contractor.
12
The Supervision Consultant shall provide an effective audit and surveillance process for
works performed by a Contractors Subcontractors..
13
The Supervision Consultant shall verify that the Contractors Project Quality Plan, Inspection
and Test Plans and other such quality documentation includes or references the Quality
Plans, and Inspection and Test Plans of subcontractors and vice versa. All of these
documents must be reviewed and approved by the Supervision Consultant.
14
The Supervision Consultant shall hold contract specific QA/QC meetings chaired by the
Consultant on a monthly basis throughout the duration of the Work. Topics to be addressed
at the site quality meeting shall include, but shall not be limited too:
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Page 7
Part
(a)
Reviewing of the previous months Quality
(b)
Current Performance of the activities
(c)
Providing 4 week look ahead of planned activities
(d)
Non Conformance of activities
(e)
Key performance indicators
(f)
Audit schedule
(g)
Status of inspection of test plans and method statements
(h)
Quality Training
(i)
Contractors Project quality plan and quality control plans review and on-going
effectiveness
The Supervision Consultant shall be responsible for providing a Monthly Quality Report
template, meeting the Owner requirements, to the Contractor and reviewing the completed
reports submitted by the Contractor.
16
The Supervision Consultant shall be responsible for completing any QA/QC Questionnaires
or Reports required by the Owner.
17
The Supervision Consultant shall appoint a suitably qualified, full time, Quality Manager to
verify that the requirements of this specification are met. The proposed Quality Manager shall
be subject to approval by the Owner.
23.3.2
The Supervision Consultant Quality System shall include as a minimum the following
elements.
AM
TC
15
(a)
Quality Plan as detailed in 23.2.3 below
(b)
Procedures and work instruction: The Supervision Consultant Quality system must
include all relevant technical procedures and other pertinent documentation to ensure
that the design works are completed in accordance with the contract, with specific
reference to the minimum requirements of standards reference in 23.1.2 above
including the mandatory procedure required by ISO 9001:2008
(c)
Quality Records: In addition to (and including) quality records identified in the contract
or other applicable codes, standards or procedures, the Supervision Consultant shall
identify project quality records in compliance with the minimum requirements
standards referenced in 23.1.2 above
(d)
Reference and other related documents
These Quality system documents shall be submitted to the Owner for review, comment and
approval within 30 days after contract award. In the event that comments are made on the
contract quality system documentation submitted for review and comment, the Supervision
Consultant shall make adjustments, correction, amendment or alteration required. Such
comment will be made on the premise that the adjustment, correction, amendment or
alteration is within the scope of the contract and will not affect the contract conditions,
specifications, guarantees, price or the like in anyway.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Page 8
Part
Adjustments, corrections, amendments or alterations made by the Supervision Consultant to

the contract quality system shall, after revision be resubmitted by the Supervision Consultant
to the Owner for review and approval.
23.3.3
Quality Plan
Supervision Consultants are required to submit Quality Plans (addressing their supervision
activities) which are specific (not generic) to the Contract, meeting as a minimum the
requirements of the standards referenced in 23.1.2 above. This plan shall reference, or
include other documentation which is relevant to the Contract. However as a stand-alone
document, the Quality Plan shall clearly indicate how the Quality process shall be applied to
meet the requirements of the contract. Particular emphasis is to be placed on the following
requirements of ISO 9001:2008.
Relevant extracts from the Corporate Quality Manual reference to specifications,
standards etc;
(b)
List of all procedures applicable to the project;
(c)
QA/QC Organisation;
(d)
Document Control;
(e)
Inspection and Test;
(f)
Specific work practices;
(g)
List of all procedures applicable to the Consultants Project Quality System;
(h)
Audits (including internal and external Audits Plans);
(i)
Management Review;
(j)
Quality objectives, Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)
(k)
Allocation of resources;
(l)
Responsibilities and authority for all phases of work;
(m)
Control of Non-conformance, corrective and preventive actions.
(n)
Contract Changes;
(o)
Lessons learned and continual improvement;
(p)
Purchasing Process e.g. Sub Consultants.
(q)
Quality Records;
AM
TC
(a)
The Supervision Consultants Quality Plan will make reference to applicable codes,
standards, specifications, quality characteristics and regulatory requirements as appropriate.
It will identify the criteria by which inputs and outputs should be accepted, and how, at what
stage(s), and by whom, the outputs should reviewed, verified and validated.
The Supervision Consultants Quality Plan will also address the following:
(a)
How request for changes and development will be controlled to meet Contractual
requirements;
(b)
Who is authorised to initiate a change request;
(c)
How changes will be reviewed in terms of their impact;
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Page 9
Part
(d)
Who is authorised to approve or reject changes;
(e)
How the implementation of changes will be verified;
(f)
When reviews take place;
(g)
Redline and As-Built process;
Where design is required by the Contractors contract, the Supervision Consultant

responsibilities for the Contractors design work shall be as defined under the contract,
however not withstanding this the Supervision Consultant shall responsible for auditing this
function of the Contractors quality system.
23.3.4
Inspection and Test Plans (ITPS)
As per the requirements of QCS, the Supervision Consultants shall require the Contractor to
submit Inspection and Test Plans to the Supervision Consultant a minimum 30 days prior to
the programmed work start date covered by each Inspection and Test Plan.
The Minimum requirements for the Contractors Inspection and Test Plan are defined in QCS,
and the supervision Consultant is responsible for ensuring the Contractors Inspection and
Test Plan as a minimum meet these requirements or the recommendations of the Design
Consultants.
The Supervision Consultants shall ensure that the Contactors Inspect and Test Plan
adequately cover any Inspections and test points (Hold/Witness/Surveillance/Record Review)
required for the Supervision Consultant to ensure that the works are completed in
accordance with the contract.
Where the Design Consultant for the Contract has detailed specific specifications or
inspection and test requirements, the supervision Consultants shall ensure these have been
addressed within the Contractors Inspect and Test Plan. Where a discrepancy exits between
Inspections and Test requirements of the Design Consultant and the requirements of QCS,
the more stringent requirements shall be adopted.
The Supervision Consultant is responsible for reviewing and approving all Inspection and
Test Plans and other such documentation submitted by the Contractor and returning to the
Contractor within two weeks of their receipt unless otherwise agreed.
The Supervision Consultant shall ensure that inspection of processes, materials, good,
services and subcontracted works are described in the Inspection and Test plan submitted by
the Contractor.
23.3.5
Technical Procedures, Work Instructions and Method Statements
The Supervision Consultants shall verify through audit and surveillance that the Contractors
quality system includes all relevant Technical Procedures, Work Instructions Method
Statements and Inspection and Test Plans to ensure that the Works are completed in
accordance with the contract. These shall be submitted by the contractor in accordance with
the submission schedule agreed with the Supervision Consultant including those which form
part of the Contractors Quality System.
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Page 10
Part
The Supervision Consultants own Quality system likewise shall include relevant Technical
Procedures, Work Instructions Method Statements and Inspection and Test Plans to ensure
that the works are completed in accordance with the contract with specific reference to the
development and implementation of Quality Procedures specified in ISO 9001:2008. These
shall be submitted to the Owner by the Supervision Consultant in accordance with the
submission schedule agreed with the Owner including those which form part of the
Supervision Consultants corporate quality system.
23.3.6
Monitoring by Supervision Consultants
Surveillance by the Supervision Consultants will include a variety of typical activities:

(a)
review of contractor documentations
(b)
audits of Contractor
(c)
attendance at Hold/Witness/Surveillance Points
(d)
Record Review
(e)
Visits to Contractors off site works etc
(f)
Factory Acceptance Tests
With the exception of visits, these activities will be announced to the Contractors in advance.
The Supervision Consultants shall give reasonable notice to the Contractor who is required to
make or arrange to be made available all facilities, documentations records and personnel,
including those of any subcontractors, which are required for any surveillance activity to be
taken.
The Supervision Consultants shall advise the Contractor in writing of any deficiency or
deviation in the contract quality system which comes to the Supervision Consultants
attention as a result of surveillance activities. The Contractor shall be required to rectify the
system within as short a period as may be reasonably expected considering the deficiency or
deviation. The Supervision Consultant may direct the Contractor in writing to stop the
operation and immediately carry out any corrective action, and the Contractor must comply
with such direction at his cost. All deficiencies uncovered shall be documented with a NonConformance Report or Corrective Action Request as appropriate (Refer to QCS, Section 2
for a NCR template).
23.3.7
Review of Contractor Quality Documentation
All audits of the Contractor shall be conducted in accordance with a schedule establish by the
Supervision Consultant. These audits are to be performed in accordance with formal
procedures by trained and qualified auditors.
The types of audit to be conducted are as follow:
AM
TC
(a)
Systems Audit: One System audit will undertaken at or before the start of work on the
contract deliverables (the specified Works). The audit will be conducted against the
requirements of ISO9001:2008
(b)
Compliance Audits: A number of compliance audits will be conducted at defined

milestones in the contract deliverable period. The scope of a compliance audit shall be
set by the supervision Consultant to suit the timing of activities, and the findings of the
system audit. For example, the scope of a compliance audit could cover any of the
following:
QCS 2014
(c)
Section 01: General

Page 11
Part
(i)
the complete requirements of the standards and the contract,
(ii)
specific elements of the standard
(iii)
specific clauses of the contract
(iv)
the whole or a part of a single end-to-end process.
Product audit: This is a Quality audit of particular deliverable products to check their
compliance with specified requirements. Such audits should include performance
testing where appropriate.
The Audit Notification shall also be copies to the Owner for information and they may attend
these audits as an observes. The Audit Reports shall be submitted to the Owner within 7
days.
23.3.8
Inspection Responsibilities
For all work the Supervision Consultant shall:

Review and check that the contractors Method statement and Inspection & Test Plans
are in accordance with the contract Surveillance Points.
(b)
Inspect all works to verify Contractors compliance with the Method Statements,
Inspections and Test Plans, Construction Drawings and Specifications.
(c)
Verify that notices of nonconformity have been properly actioned.
(d)
Oversee the sampling and testing of materials to ensure conformity to the

specifications and the contract.
(e)
Review all test results and verify that they are in conformity with the Specifications and
the Contract.
(f)
Maintain comprehensive records to verify the above.
AM
TC
(a)
23.3.9
Inspections and Test Surveillance Points
The Supervision Consultant shall nominate his own surveillance points to observe the
Contractors and Subcontractors activities and maintain evidence of such surveillance.
(a)
Hold Points Specific critical task in procurement, manufacturing, inspection and

testing for which the Supervision Consultant is pre-notified, in advance of the task and
for which no further work is carried out until the supervision Consultant has verified and
confirmed conformity by signing off the relevant Records Forms
(b)
Witness Points- Specific critical task in procurement, manufacturing, inspection and

testing for which the Supervision Consultant is pre-notified in advance of the task and
for which the Supervision Consultant may elect to attend or waive. When attended, the
Supervision Consultant shall confirm conformity by signing off the relevant Record
Forms. When then Supervision Consultant waives his right to inspect, it should be
recorded as such on the appropriate Record Forms.
(c)
Surveillance points- Any procurement, manufacturing, inspection and testing task, so

identified on the Inspection and Test Plan, performed on a random basis, without
notification by the supervision Consultant.
(d)
Record Review- When specified this point requires the Supervision Consultant to
Collect and review for approval the contractor Inspection & Rest Records.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Page 12
Part
23.3.10 Visits
1
The Supervision Consultants is empowered to visit any of the Contractors or Subcontractors

work sites for any purpose at reasonable times. The Contractors will assist with such visits
and make available those records and personnel necessary to satisfy the supervision
Consultants requirements. Such visits may include surveillance points identified by the
Contractor and Subcontractors. These visits may include works situated outside of Qatar.
23.3.11 Supervision Consultant Verification

1
The Supervision Consultant has the right to perform verification activities at the Contractors
and the Subcontractors premises (including the construction site) to gain assurance that the
subcontracted product conforms to specified requirements.
23.3.12 Interfacing
1
The Supervision Consultant is responsible for ensuring that the interfaces between the
contract works and different packages of work and different Contracting entities are managed
appropriately and that technical integrity and configuration control is maintained.
23.3.13 Punch Lists

The Supervision Consultants shall be responsible to ensure that the Contractor prepares
punch lists at appropriate inspection and acceptance stages to record the outstanding work.
Defects identified during the punch list walk downs will also require NCRs to be raised, other
than for minor defects. The Owner or its nominee may at any time add pending items or
defects or Nonconformances to Punch Lists.
23.3.14 Protection of the Works

1
AM
TC
The Supervision Consultant has the responsibility to ensure that the Contractor is taking
necessary precautions for the protection of works before the Initial/Final
Acceptance/Handover to owner or its nominee.
23.3.15 Quality Records

1
In addition to (and including) quality records identified in the contract or other applicable
codes, standards or procedures, the Supervision Consultant shall determine project Quality
records in compliance with requirements of ISO 9001:2008 and other relevant standards
stated in contract documents and 23.1.2 above.
The list of quality records generated during the life of the contract, and made available upon
request for review by the Owner, shall be indexed by the Supervision Consultant in his
Quality Plan.
The Supervision Consultant shall maintain Registers for all incoming and outgoing
documents.
END OF PART
QCS 2014
Appendices
TC
CONSTRUCTION DEWATERING
GENERAL
Scope
REQUIREMENTS
Current Procedure Requirements
Relevant Qatari Laws and Regulations
EIA Requirements
Air Quality Standards
Noise Standards
Discharge to Surface and Groundwater Network Standards
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
Geotechnical and Geo-Environmental Study Requirements
Existing Groundwater Monitoring Documents
Risk Assessment of Construction Dewatering
Dewatering Monitoring Plan
Training Requirements
DEWATERING TECHNIQUES
Construction Dewatering Methods Guide Lines
Sump Pits
Well System
Deep Wells
Ditches/ French Drains
Cut-Off Excavation Barriers
Dewatering Effluent Treatment
Settlement Tank
Settlement Tank Types
Tank Size
OTHER TREATMENT
Silt and Fine Grained Soils
Contamination of Groundwater
DISPOSAL OPTIONS
DISCHARGE TO SEA
Discharge to Sea via Surface and Groundwater Network
Direct Discharge to Sea
Discharge to Lagoons:
Discharge by injection to deep groundwater aquifer (Deep well injection)
Groundwater Recycle & Reuse Onsite
Integrated Management of Construction Dewatering
Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP)
Monitoring Plan
Training Plan
Odour Control
Health & Safety Considerations
Site Investigation
Design Considerations
Housekeeping Considerations
AM
24
24.1
24.1.1
24.2
24.2.1
24.2.2
24.2.3
24.2.4
24.2.5
24.2.6
24.2.7
24.2.8
24.2.9
24.2.10
24.2.11
24.2.12
24.3
24.3.1
24.3.2
24.3.3
24.3.4
24.3.5
24.3.6
24.3.7
24.3.8
24.3.9
24.3.10
24.4
24.4.1
24.4.2
24.5
24.6
24.6.1
24.6.2
24.6.3
24.6.4
24.6.5
24.6.6
24.6.7
24.6.8
24.6.9
24.6.10
24.6.11
24.6.12
24.6.13
24.6.14
Section 01: General

Part
24: Construction Dewatering
Page 1
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
7
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
12
12
13
13
15
16
17
18
19
19
19
20
20
20
21
21
21
22
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 2
24
CONSTRUCTION DEWATERING
24.1
GENERAL
24.1.1
Scope
This Part specifies the general procedures and requirements for construction dewatering.
It should be noted that legislative requirements, standards and requirements detailed in this
Part are minimum standards, and methods should be employed with the intent to continually
improve on these standards.

Section 8
Section 9
Earthworks
Mechanical and Electrical Equipment
REQUIREMENTS
24.2.1
Current Procedure Requirements
There are four types of construction dewatering disposal options that require licensing in
Qatar, as follows:
TC
24.2
Discharge to the Sea via surface and groundwater network; the licensing authority
should be ASHGHAL and MOE.
(b)
Direct discharge to the Sea; if the discharge is pumped directly to the sea, then the
Ministry of Environment (MOE) should be the licensing authority.
(c)
AM
(a)
(i)
Discharge to Lagoon totally covered with geotextile from all sides. This method
of disposal requires a license from MOE.
(ii)
Discharge to Lagoon not covered. This method of disposal requires a license

from MOE.
Discharge through Deep Well Injection. This method of disposal requires a license
from MOE.
24.2.2
Relevant Qatari Laws and Regulations
The list of parameters required by MoE for dewatering permit is included in Appendix A
together with Annex 4 of Law 30 of 2002 which specifies the limits for the discharged water
into the marine environment (refer to Appendix A). The annex controls the parameters of
pollutants in the water disposed to the marine environment whether via the Surface and
Groundwater Network, or direct discharge to the sea.
If the construction dewatering effluent is discharged to foul network, the discharging party is
liable to having committed a criminal offence.
In the case of illegal discharge to Surface and Groundwater Network, the discharging party
will be subjected to legal actions taken by the licensing authorities.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 3
EIA Requirements
Environmental approvals from the MoE as per Article 7 of the Law No. 30 of 2002.
24.2.4
Air Quality Standards
The air quality standards are controlled by the Law No. 30 of 2002 under Annex (3/First).The
standards applicable to dewatering activities may include the following:
Maximum limits (of air pollutants) allowed for emissions from the movable sources; and
Ambient air quality standards.
24.2.5
Noise Standards
The noise levels are also controlled by the Qatari Legislation under Law No. 30 of 2002
Annex (2/Fifth).
24.2.6
Discharge to Surface and Groundwater Network Standards
Executive Bylaws of Environment Protection Law Issued under Ordinance Law No. (30) Of
2002. Annex No. (4) Criteria and Specifications of the Hazardous Materials when disposed
of in the Water Environments (MoE regulations).
24.2.7
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
For projects requiring an EIA at the design stage, the EIA should be carefully reviewed by
the Design Consultant / Contractor. The EIA should be forwarded to MoE for their approval
and for issuing the relevant Environmental Permit.
Where available, the EIA will contain details of geotechnical surveys including groundwater,
adopted from the previously mentioned report.
Although the EIA may not directly contribute to the construction dewatering design, it will
document possible contamination in the area and environmental constraints, and should
therefore be considered when preparing construction dewatering application papers. Existing
contamination, or potential for contamination, should be carefully considered and must be
taken into account when dewatered groundwater is tested for compliance.
To ensure that dewatering systems are designed to maximise environmental protection and
to assist in expediting license approval processes, the above investigations shall be taken
into consideration as early in the project as possible and included when applying for the
discharge permit.
24.2.8
Geotechnical and Geo-Environmental Study Requirements
After the awarding of the Contract to the Contractor and prior to obtaining the discharge
permit, if required by the Contract or requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall carry
out a geotechnical and geo-environmental investigations in order to confirm the geotechnical
and environmental conditions on site and groundwater levels.
AM
TC
24.2.3
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 4
The geotechnical and geo-environmental study must as a minimum identify soil types,
permeability, groundwater hydrology, and the required drawdown for the construction
activities. This study is required if the area is suspected for contamination or if the EIA at the
design stage has indicated the existence of contamination.
The output of the geotechnical and geo-environmental study should include as a minimum
the following items:
(a)
Time required for construction dewatering.
(b)
Flow rate of the dewatering discharge.
(c)
Required drawdown.
(d)
Method of construction dewatering based on all of the above findings.
To assist in the approval process all of the above information must be provided in the
application for discharge.
It is important to note that the requirements of the Geotechnical and Geo-environmental

study are completely subject to project settings, type of contamination, and MoEs specific
requirements of each project.
24.2.9
Existing Groundwater Monitoring Documents
It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure he has been providing the latest existing
groundwater level information from Ashghal and the MoE. This information should be used
by the Contractor to assist in determining the current site conditions.
All groundwater information gathered during studies by the Contractor, are to be submitted to
Ashghal for reference and inclusion in the country database. The collection of this
information is paramount to the continuous improvement of government information
databases.
AM
TC
24.2.10 Risk Assessment of Construction Dewatering

1
It is important to note that risks are site specific and depend on the intent of the Contractor.
The Contractor is responsible for developing, implementing and managing a Risk
Management System and conducting a Risk Assessment in terms of dewatering activities
and otherwise onsite.
This Risk Management System and Risk Assessment shall be the submitted to the Engineer
for the approval within the 30 days of the contract award.
Risk assessment in this instance can be defined as the identification and characterisation of
the nature of existing and potential adverse effects to humans and the environment resulting
from dewatering activities employed on site.
Risk is a function of the probability of an event occurring and the degree of damage that
would result should it happen.
Details and information gathered during the concept design and associated site studies
(geotechnical, groundwater & environmental) are needed to assess the risks associated with
the proposed activities. The assessment allows significant risks to be identified so that they
can be targeted for action.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 5
The initial risk assessment needs to also be regularly reviewed and will become an integral
part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan. This includes a review of existing
risks and the identification of new risks detected through the surveillance or the monitoring
program.
To conduct the Risk Assessment the Contractor should undertake the following key steps:
(a)
Information gathering:
A risk assessment requires information about site conditions.
(b)
Risk identification:
Hazard identification involves the identification of risks/hazards that could lead to an
adverse effect on the receiving environment and/or health & safety.
(c)
Risk analysis:
Risk analysis considers the likelihood of the risk being realised.
(d)
Consequence analysis:
Consequence analysis determines the effect on the environment and health & safety
should a risk be realised.
The overall risk is a function of the likelihood of the activity or event causing environmental
harm or impacting on health & safety and the consequence should that risk be realised.
The risks are then ranked according to their magnitude and mitigation strategies developed.
10
The objective of this process is to identify and rank all potential risks that may arise from the
dewatering of the construction site and then reduce risks to acceptable levels by
implementing a suitable method of dewatering and/or action plan.
11
Risks generally associated with dewatering activities onsite include but not limited to the
following:
AM
TC
(a)
Soil and slope stability and soil erosion due to dewatering activities.
(b)
Soil contamination. Whether contamination exists in the project area prior to

commencement of construction or is caused by dewatering activities.
(c)
Change of groundwater properties due to dewatering practices.
(d)
Excessive abstraction (dewatering) of groundwater which affects nearby groundwater

related activities.
(e)
Health and safety related issues.
(f)
Risks associated with impacts of dewatering activities on surrounding environment

and sensitive receptors.
(g)
Risks associated with failure of dewatering system and/or disposal methods.
24.2.11 Dewatering Monitoring Plan

1
When dewatering activities are included within the project site, the Contractor shall prepare a
Dewatering Monitoring Plan as detailed below.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 6
The Dewatering Monitoring Plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval within 30
days of contract award.
The monitoring plan will assist the licensing authority, as well as the Contractor, in keeping
track of dewatering activities onsite, and identify corrective actions to be carried out.
The monitoring plan can also assist in identifying liability issues concerned with reported
dewatering problems and accidents.
Outline and components of monitoring plan are as follow:

(a)
Identification of opportunities to reuse the dewatering effluent onsite in order to reduce

the amount of disposed effluent.
(b)
Dewatering techniques being employed on site
(c)
Disposal methods employed on-site and relevant monitoring plan to ensure

compliance with discharge limits.
(d)
Copy of discharge limits.
(e)
Roles and responsibilities of the Environmental Advisor on site.
Roles and responsibilities have to be clearly defined when designing a dewatering system.
These roles and responsibilities are to be submitted as an essential element to satisfy the
Construction Environmental Management Plan requirements when applying for the
dewatering effluent discharge permit.
Refer to Appendix B for an example of inspection sheet for the dewatering process.
24.2.12 Training Requirements
AM
TC
The Contractor shall prepare a Construction Dewatering Training Plan submitted along with
the necessary documentation for a discharge permit.
The construction dewatering training plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval
within 30 days of contract award.
The training plan will assist the licensing authority in evaluating the level of knowledge
passed on to the Contractors staff, and is therefore an indirect indication on how well the
dewatering process is being executed. The components of the submitted training plan are
detailed below.
The integration of construction dewatering training into the Training Plan of the Contractor is
essential to introduce all staff to construction dewatering related information.
It is recommended that information on dewatering equipment and related emergencies are

included in the training provided to staff entering or working on the site.
The training for all staff does not have to be comprehensive; however, it should include basic
items such as:
(a)
Brief explanation of the construction dewatering purpose
(b)
Introduction to the dewatering equipment. Inclusion of photos in the training

presentation.
QCS 2014
(c)
Section 01: General

Part
Page 7
Health and safety related concerns, education on related emergencies, and contact
information of person in charge of dewatering to be provided in the presentation.
24.3
DEWATERING TECHNIQUES
24.3.1
Construction Dewatering Methods Guide Lines
The design of effective construction dewatering methods should be based on a number of

information sources:
(a)
Geotechnical and groundwater site investigations undertaken at the commencement

of any project;
(b)
Information provided by any geotechnical study undertaken during the concept design
stage[if applicable];
(c)
Groundwater information sourced from relevant authorities; and,
(d)
A site risk assessments.
The Contractors choice of dewatering method will depend primarily on the soil type and
permeability and the amount of groundwater to be removed. Whilst the Contractor will be
trying to find the most cost effective method of dewatering (based on the geotechnical report)
he shall implement the most effective dewatering method which minimises environmental
damage, protects the health & safety of on-site personnel and meets all legislative discharge
limits.
It is important to note that if contamination exists in the area all precautions need to be
implemented. Contamination will be dealt with in coordination with MoE by safe disposal in
designated areas as per the Environmental Law number 30 for 2002.
The figure below demonstrates the range of common dewatering techniques, whilst
accounting for soil permeability and drawdown.
AM
TC
Range of Application of Pumped Well Groundwater Control Techniques

** Source: Preene, M. Roberts, T. Powrie, W. Dyer, M R (2000)- Groundwater Control Design &
Practice (CIRIA C515), London, CIRIA.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 8
As seen in the above figure, the choice of dewatering method depends on the required
drawdown and permeability. The drawdown is determined during the design stage of
structures and the groundwater investigation stage at the start of the project and the
permeability is tested during the geotechnical investigation stage.
After the drawdown is determined, the Contractor shall choose the method of dewatering
based on the permeability of soil. The method can vary during the stages of the project
depending on the required drawdown. The shaded areas near the methods boundaries
indicate that the choices can overlap, and then the Contractor can decide between the two
(or more) options.
Filtering and filling materials of aggregate is required by most dewatering methods.

Therefore when required, aggregates to be used shall be free draining, washed and free of
debris (organic or non-organic). Preference is for a single sized aggregate (less than 10%
fines).
Whilst the range of dewatering practices varies across sites depending on their size,
construction depth and site conditions, the most commonly used methods of dewatering in
Qatar are indicated below. Each methods use depends on the requirements and stage of
project.
24.3.2
Sump Pits
The Sump Pit method is the simplest form of dewatering system on a construction site.
Sump pits are generally utilised as a quick, least cost, solution and can be seen to be used
at the start of projects as the excavation stage commences. Provided with an aggregate
lining, as per O&M requirements, sump pits can be an effective means of filtering
groundwater, unless the groundwater has come into contact with silt and/or limestone, which
usually results in reported high turbidity.
If soil has silty characteristics; it is recommended that proper installation of geotextile and
aggregates in sump pits be implemented in order to improve the quality of dewatering
effluent and significantly decrease turbidity.
24.3.3
Well System
The most common practice of dewatering used in Qatar is the implementation of a Well
System. Wells are systematically drilled around the construction area and submersible
pumps placed into these wells. This practice appears to work effectively for many projects,
especially those building projects that require excavations for deep basements.
24.3.4
Deep Wells
Deep wells are rarely used in Qatar. Deep wells are usually equipped with filter packs &
submersible pumps, and are operated using a control cabin.
Although not found to be present in Qatar at present, deep wells have unlimited drawdown,
they require a minimum spacing of 10 meters, and have far greater efficiency.
AM
TC
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 9
Ditches/ French Drains
Ditches and French drains (commonly known as trenches in construction projects in Qatar)
are also used on Qatars construction sites. The ditches are formed in a pre-planned
manner, allowing groundwater flow to surface in the deeper level trenches. Perforated pipes
are then placed in the trenches, and groundwater extracted through these pipelines to be
filtered. These trenches were particularly common in infrastructure network projects.
Graded aggregates and geotextile layer to be used when laying out the pipelines.
24.3.6
Cut-Off Excavation Barriers
Cut Off barriers are designed to limit and/or control groundwater entering the construction
site from a neighbouring property. An assessment of groundwater infiltration is required to
determine to what extent barriers are required and how they are constructed.
Commonly used excavation barriers in Qatar include structural concrete walls and secant
piles. Both techniques are applicable to most types of soil and provide slope stability for
deep excavated areas.
24.3.7
Dewatering Effluent Treatment
24.3.8
Settlement Tank
The settlement tank is the most common and most effective methods of treatment in Qatar.
The settlement tank is primarily used to maximise the distance that the effluent has to travel
prior to reaching the discharge point, and therefore increasing the settlement efficiency.
All projects in Qatar which apply for a discharge permit are obligated to provide a settlement
tank.
When choosing the settlement tank, the choice should be based on the following factors:
AM
TC
24.3.5
(a)
The type of soil to be dewatered.
(b)
Flow rate quantity and frequency.
(c)
Possible peak factors flows.
(d)
Retention time required for solids to settle. This will also be based on the soil type.
24.3.9
Settlement Tank Types
The common types of weir tanks used are Regular tank and V-notch tanks (30, 60, and
90). The V-notch tanks serve to accelerate the passing of the effluent through the tank.
For safety purposes, it is recommended that tanks be suitably covered with a top cover or
specific lid, to ensure unauthorised access is not permitted.
It is important to note that sometimes these tanks are used onsite as a discharge tanks.
Therefore, it is important that tanks are used as settlement tanks and be marked clearly as
such.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 10
24.3.10 Tank Size

1
In order to make a decision on the tank size, the volume of tank are to be estimated as per
the below equations.
The volumes calculated depend primarily on the retention time of water in the tank, and the
flow rate of discharge.
Equation
3
Tank volume
V=Qt
V: Volume (m )
3
Q: Expected flow rate (m /hour)
t: retention period (hour)
The tank's depth
d = V/A
d: depth (m)
3
V: volume(m )
2
A: surface area(m )
It is important to note that these equations are to be used as a guide only, but do provide a
basis for calculating the minimum tank size required based on the flow rate provided by the
Contractor.
For fine grained type of soils, it is preferred to have secondary methods of treatment as
detailed below.
24.4
OTHER TREATMENT
24.4.1
Silt and Fine Grained Soils
For the removal of silt and fine grained suspended particles, the following inexpensive
methods can be effectively applied:
(a)
AM
TC
Dewatering Tank:
a dewatering tank can remove sediment (sand, silt, and visible oil). The dewatering
tank is equipped with a fabric filter. The flow passes through the filter before being
discharged at the bottom end of the tank. The tank can be used in addition to the weir
tank or any other treatment method. It is portable, inexpensive and many types of filter
clothes can be used.
Yet, the dewatering tanks should be subjected to periodic cleaning based on the visual
inspection or reduced flow, through lifting the sand and silt from the tank.
(b)
Gravity Bag Filter:

(Also known as dewatering bag) is made of geotextile fabric that can filter out silt and
fine grained soil particles. This filter is easy to install, inexpensive, and becomes more
effective as sediment builds up inside the bag. The type of bag should be selected
based on the flow rates of discharge and permeability of soil.
This method is to be used as a secondary treatment for groundwater. It requires
continuous monitoring to avoid hose failure, particularly if sediment builds up in a
manner that interferes with the acquisition of a reasonable flow rate discharge.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 11
The Gravity Bag Filter does not require cleaning, as it is a disposable filter. The filter is
to be disposed of in accordance with the waste management guidelines of the project.
The filter is to be replaced when it starts passing solids, or blocks the passing of water
at a rate that is adequate.
(c)
Slurry Water
The drilling [slurry] muds containing substantial quantities of organic liquids and
water-soluble salts are treated to render them environmentally acceptable for
disposal (C M Wilwerding 1989)
Slurry water occurrence is common during dewatering processes in Qatar. While there
is filtration equipment and water treatment technology available to treat slurry water,
these are best used in countries with a different climate to that of Qatars.
The best option for treating slurry by filtration is using a Centrifugal Filter. However, as
previously mentioned, this is not a preferable to be used in Qatar as slurry can be dried
easily in a more environmentally friendly manner.
It is also important to note that even when treatment equipment is used, the resulting silt will
have to be disposed at a licensed landfill, along with having to dispose of the equipment at
its end of service life.
If the silt contains hazardous material, then a license should be issued from MoE as per the
procedures detailed in Annex (7.2) of the Qatari Law of Environment (Copy of the
procedures together with the form of application is provided in Appendix (C)). And if the silt
has no hazardous materials then the license shall be issued from the concerned
Municipality.
To eliminate the issues with incompatible equipment and hot climates, it is recommended
that treatment methods be designed to manage the slurry either onsite by drying the first
instance before transfer to landfill, or by transfer to the landfill directly.
The conventional drying process comprises laying out of slurry mud on an air permeable
drying bed lined with suitable material.
The drying process must commit to the following environmental considerations:
AM
TC
(a)
Amount of slurry generated must not exceed the capacity of the spreading system.
(b)
Drying process must not impose nuisance or emit odor.
(c)
Drying process must not impose health and safety risks.
The choice of drying process, whether by using a centrifuge machine or a drying lagoon is
subject to project settings and expected amount of slurry to be generated.
The slurry handling process is to be submitted with the dewatering permit application if
generation of slurry is expected to occur.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 12
24.4.2
Contamination of Groundwater
In the event of discovering the contamination of the receiving environment such as

groundwater by dewatering effluent, the contractor is obligated to report the discovery to the
licensing authority (ASHGHAL, MoE) and the effluent is to be dealt with as per the
construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP). Samples of groundwater should be
taken and tested. Reasonable suspicion can be established by one of the following
methods:
(a)
Possible history of contamination in the area; such as prior land use (eg. petrol
station), or the area is known to have septic tank issues.
(b)
EIA: if there is an EIA prepared for the project, it should be reviewed and approved by
MoE in order to eliminate the possibility of contamination. If the EIA indicates the
presence of contamination, the Contractor is obligated to report the findings to MoE for
their feedback, and test for the type of contamination detected in the EIA.
(c)
The Contractor shall use the following Water Quality Assessment to establish the
possibility of contamination in the area.
Water Quality Assessment
1. Review the project records. Is there any reason to suspect that the
water may be polluted by something other than sediment?
No
Yes
2. Is the water located in an area of known contamination?
No
Yes
AM
Common
Sense Test
TC
The following questions provide n initial assessment of the quality of the water to be
discharged from the dewatering operation.
Sight Test
Does the water have an abnormal visual feature, such as: (circle)
Oily Sheen, Floating Foam, Murky Appearance, Unusual
Colour
Other
Smell Test
Does the water have an odor? No

Yes
Possible odors include gasoline, petroleum, ammonia, sewage,
etc.
If you answered YES to any of the above questions, explain:

If you answered YES to any of the questions in the assessment or suspect that the
water contains pollutants other than sediments, contact the Engineer for assistance
with additional testing and management options.
Water Quality Assessments

** Adapted from Source: The office of Environmental Engineering, California Department of
Transportation (Caltrans), Field Guide to Construction Site Dewatering, USA, 2001.
In the event of discovering groundwater contamination, the Contractor is obligated to report the
discovery to the Engineer and Licensing Authority (MOE / ASHGHAL) and the effluent is to be dealt
with as per the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP), or as directed by the
Engineer.
24.5
DISPOSAL OPTIONS
Qatar construction sites use four (4) common means of disposal, namely:
(a)
Discharge to sea via the Surface and Groundwater Network;
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
(b)
Direct Discharge to the sea;
(c)
(A) Discharge to lagoon totally covered by geotextile from all sides;
Page 13
(B) Discharge to lagoon not covered, and;

(d)
Discharge by injection to deep groundwater aquifer (Deep well injection).
The following section discusses the options available in Qatar in terms of dewatering effluent
disposal, and describes the best option depending on the circumstances of the project.
24.6
DISCHARGE TO SEA
24.6.1
Discharge to Sea via Surface and Groundwater Network
Disposal of dewatering effluent to the Surface and Groundwater Network is the most
common practice in Qatar. The Surface and Groundwater Network eventually leads to
outfalls that discharge to Sea.
The disposal to the network directly via pipelines, or via tankers, depends on the availability
of Surface and Groundwater Network in the project area.
The Surface and Groundwater Network is an acceptable option for disposal given that
Contractor is also reusing the effluent on site whenever possible.
If a Contractor chooses to discharge to the Surface and Groundwater Network, obtaining a

license from ASHGHAL is required to allow the discharge of groundwater to the Surface and
Groundwater Network. A license from the Ministry of Environment is also required through
the submission of an Environmental Permit Application.
Measurements of flow rates must be undertaken in order to monitor the discharge flow and
ensure that it is within the limits provided to the licensing authority (refer Appendix A for
discharge limits).
The Contractor must provide the licensing authority with the maximum expected flow rate (i.e
the peak flow) and the expected average flow rate, in order to avoid back flooding when
flows exceed the capacity of the manhole assigned to the Contractor. Therefore, the
contractor should install a flow meter at the construction site in order to measure the
quantities of groundwater flow.
The Contractor should also notify the licensing authority if peak flows are expected to be
reached frequently during the winter season, particularly when heavy rain is forecast, so as
to avoid penalties if the manhole back floods.
If a Contractor is operating from an area which is not served by a Surface and Groundwater
Network, and determines that the most cost effective solution is to use tankers to transport
dewatering effluent to the nearest assigned manhole, the Contractor is then obligated to
provide a brief statement demonstrating the traffic impacts caused by their tankers.
If the resultant traffic impact proves to be significant, the Contractor is either to consider
other options of disposal, or retain dewatering effluent onsite and then transport the effluent
when traffic is less congested, therefore minimising traffic impacts.
AM
TC
QCS 2014
10
Section 01: General

Part
Page 14
In the event that tankers are used to transport dewatering effluent, in order to monitor
discharge to Surface and Groundwater Network the Contractor must record all particulars
associated with its removal, such as:
(a)
Installing a flow meter at the construction site in order to measure the quantities of
groundwater flow.
(b)
Record of tankers coming to and leaving the site (eg. registration plate no., capacity,
records of water quality)
(c)
Volumes of effluent transported.
11
The recording of tanker movements is in addition to the installation of a meter on the

weir/sediment tank.
12
When applying for the discharge permit the following documents are required:
Official letter from the company addressed to: The Manager of Drainage Networks
O&M Dept- Asset Affairs- ASHGHAL. (Includes start and end date of dewatering
works & method of statement for dewatering).
(b)
Application form for pumping groundwater to be filled and stamped.
(c)
Copy of building permit.
(d)
Copy of the site map.
(e)
Copy of ID card of the applicants engineer.
(f)
Copy of the registration company.
(g)
Copy of Road Opening (RO) Permit.
(h)
Copy of Traffic Department Approval, as part of the RO Permit
(i)
Testing of samples, and conformation of compliant results prior to obtaining the twomonth permit. The Contractor must note that the sample testing is to be carried out
after obtaining the five-day temporary permit, and is to be submitted after the previous
requirements are submitted and a temporary permit is granted.
AM
TC
(a)
13
Once the application is submitted, the project is given a reference number which includes a
serial number, type of discharge (e.g groundwater) and the date of application. Drawing and
comments are then returned to the applicant for information and/or action and the applicant
will be advised the applicable disposal option and a manhole to be assigned for the
discharge.
14
The applicant is issued a temporary permit for five days. The purpose of the temporary
permit is to allow the applicant to obtain approvals from the concerned authorities, and install
the equipment in order to take water samples.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 15
During the temporary dewatering permit; only discharge is allowed for collecting samples
and to proceed with other department requirements. All samples are taken by laboratory
representative from the list of laboratories approved by ASHGHAL and MOE; its prohibited
for samples to be taken by the Contractor. The collected samples should be tested for Total
Suspended Solids (TSS, turbidity and the short list of parameters included in Appendix A.
Test results should be uploaded online to QSD by the laboratory. Yet, it should be
highlighted here that any testing activities are not only limited to the parameters provided on
the short list developed by QSD; it should also cover the list of parameters required by MOE
for dewatering permit. Approval is then granted if the test results meet the requirements of
discharge. The Quality Limits are attached in Appendix A.
16
If the installation requires a road crossing, a RO permit is required. If not, a RO is not

required. The applicant must obtain a license from the concerned authorities for installation
of all tanks and hoses.
17
Following the issuance of the permit, regular inspections by the O&M staff are carried out.
The Contractor is then required to undertake weekly laboratory tests for TSS and turbidity of
effluent samples, and bi-monthly tests prior to renewing the permit. Permit renewal request
should be submitted in 7 days advance before expiry day of the previous permit. The bimonthly tests are for TSS, turbidity and the short list of parameters included in Appendix A
together with the parameters listed under Annex (4) of the law of Environment number
30/2002.
18
A copy of the Permitting Application and pro-forms are attached in Appendix C.
19
Refer to Appendix D for a flowchart of the permitting procedure for the discharge to sea via
Surface and Groundwater network.
24.6.2
Direct Discharge to Sea
MOE is the licensing authority for discharging dewatering effluent direct to the Sea.
If a Contractor found that the applicable option for dewatering is the direct discharge to sea,
a secondary method of treatment must be installed to allow the dewatering effluent to settle
before reaching the discharge outfall point. The discharge to the outfall point is achieved
through the use of pipelines or transportation via tankers. Based on the number of tankers,
the transportation may be subjected to a traffic impact assessment study based on the
requirements of MOE.
The Contractor may therefore be subject to a number of pertinent laws and regulations:
When issuing direct sea discharge permits, MOE have the following concerns that need to
be addressed as per Annex 4 of the Qatari Law of Environment and the list of parameters
required by MOE for dewatering permit (included in Appendix A), which includes the test of
the following parameters:
AM
TC
15
(a)
Bacterial counts
(b)
Turbidity and TSS levels
(c)
Presence of Petroleum compounds.
(d)
Presence of heavy metals.
(e)
Others, as per MoE requirements.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 16
Refer to Appendix D for a flowchart of the permitting procedure for the direct discharge to
sea. A copy of the environmental permit application form is included in Appendix E.
For more information, contact MoE on:

Telephone +974 4420 7777
24.6.3
Fax
+ 974 4420 7000
Email
Responsibility@moe.gov.qa
Discharge to Lagoons:
A. Discharge to Lagoon totally covered with geotextile from all sides

Lagoons are licensed by MOE.
It is recommended that a lagoon totally covered with geotextile from all sides, formed in a
depressive area, is used in locations where it is logistically impossible or cost and socially
prohibitive to deliver effluent to the Surface and Groundwater Network using other means.
If Contractor chooses to discharge the dewatering effluent to a lagoon, license is given by

MOE. The dewatering to lagoons is mainly based on the requirements by MOE which is
given for case by case. The use of this option is depending on the water quality. Yet, the
general requirements of MOE can be summarised in the following information:
TC
Dewatering effluent quantity.
(b)
Detailed Engineering drawings for the lagoon showing the geotextile lining of the
lagoon.
(c)
Duration of dewatering discharge
(d)
Dewatering effluent quality. Dewatering effluent quality is tested initially against the list
of parameters required by MoE for dewatering permit (included in Appendix A). And
then tested weekly. Monthly testing is also required for selected parameters.
(e)
Coordinates of lagoon, inclusive of dewatering discharge points.
(f)
Location map
(g)
Others, as per MOE requirements.
AM
(a)
Refer to Appendix D for a flowchart of the permitting procedure for the discharge through
the use of lagoons. A copy of the environmental permit application form is included in
Appendix E.
For more information, contact MOE on:

Telephone +974 4420 7777
Fax
+ 974 4420 7000
Email
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 17
B. Discharge to Lagoon not covered

6
The discharge to a logon which is not covered is depending on the discharged water quality.
Similar to the above option, the licensing authority for this option is the Ministry of
Environment. The list of parameters required by MOE for dewatering permit is included in
Appendix A. The general requirements of MOE are similar to the above option.
Refer to Appendix C for a flowchart of the permitting procedure for the discharge through
the use of lagoons. A copy of the environmental permit application form is included in
Appendix E.
For more information, contact MOE on:

Telephone +974 4420 7777
Fax
+ 974 4420 7000
Email
Discharge by injection to deep groundwater aquifer (Deep well injection)
Disposal by injection to groundwater aquifer is a common method in Qatar to dispose of

treated effluent of sewage treatment plants. Yet, the use of deep well injection for the
discharge of dewatering effluent to groundwater aquifer is also done in few big projects.
However and prior to the discharge to the deep well, a careful assessment of geological
conditions must be conducted in order to determine the suitable depth and location of porous
aquifer reservoirs and identifying the safe rate of injection to the deep aquifer. Generally, the
depth of the deep well should not be less than 400 600 m deep, which is the expected
depth of Umm Er Radhumma (UER) aquifer.
In all cases, MOE require the contractor to conduct an Environmental Assessment for the
impact from the project as soon as drilling of the deep well and the analysis of the samples is
achieved. This shall be done by a qualified consultant with previous experience in similar
projects.
The general requirements of MOE for the use of the deep well injection can be summarised
in the following information:
AM
TC
24.6.4
(a)
Duration of dewatering discharge.
(b)
Dewatering effluent quality. Dewatering effluent quality is tested initially against the
parameters specified in the standards for the water use for irrigation purpose of the
Qatari Law of Environment. And then periodically testing each week based on MoE
requirements.
(c)
The parameters required for the physical, chemical, biological, microbiological

analysis includes but not limited to: EC, Temperature, DO, pH, Turbidity, FRC, TPH,
O&G, Sulphide, Metals, BOD, COD, TOC, surfactants, VOC, BETX, TDS, TSS, PAHs,
TAlk, Nitrate, Nitrite, Ammonia, TKN, Phosphorus, Chloride, Sodium, Sulphite, Total
Phenol, Carbonate, E-Coli, Faecal Coliform, Bacteria and SAR.
(d)
A0 design map for the whole project including the location of the injection well and
network of shallow trenches connecting the wells.
(e)
Comparison study between the use of the shallow networking and the perforated
pipelines.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 18
(f)
Drilling of monitoring wells to suitable depth to monitor the impact on the shallow
aquifer.
(g)
Providing the injection wells with emergency valves to stop injection in case of
contamination.
Refer to Appendix D for a flowchart of the permitting procedure for the discharge through
the use of deep well injection. A copy of the environmental permit application form is
included in Appendix E.
As mentioned above, the injection of dewatering effluent to groundwater aquifer is licensed

by MOE and is completely subject to their approval, therefore for further information, please
contact MOE on:
Telephone +974 4420 7777
Fax
+ 974 4420 7000
Email
Groundwater Recycle & Reuse Onsite
It is recommended, where environmentally safe and cost effective, that dewatering effluent is
reused or recycled onsite.
The reuse options onsite will depend on a number of factors, including the type of project.
The contractor should propose the treatment in case the water is polluted by organic and
inorganic chemicals or subjected to biological contamination. The treatment should focus but
not limited to low DO, presence of Bacteria, elevated levels of TSS or turbidity and presence
of oil.
The CEMP should be used to identify all opportunities of reuse onsite. Yet, the options for
the reuse of the groundwater should be discussed with MOE and shall be subjected to the
approval by MOE.
Options could include but not be limited to:
AM
TC
24.6.5
(a)
Control of dust onsite. (Subject to the level of safety and quality of dewatering
effluent).
(b)
Reuse of dewatering effluent.
(c)
Concrete curing.
(d)
Excavation activities requiring water.
(e)
Washing of machinery and site equipment.
(f)
Watering of onsite landscaping, when the turbidity is very low to avoid compromising
the integrity of the soil.
(g)
If the dewatering effluent quality is within limits of soil compaction parameters

requirements (refer to QCS), it can be used for soil compaction purposes.
Contractor to conduct a feasibility study to evaluate whether its feasible to erect an RO

system for dewatering effluent treatment, in order to use the dewatering effluent instead of
fresh potable water.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 19
The feasibility study is to compare both options in terms of financial viability.
24.6.6
Integrated Management of Construction Dewatering
Construction dewatering practices are better managed if they are integrated with existing
construction management systems, such as a CEMP, monitoring plan and training
programmes. The dewatering practice will then form part of the regular construction
inspection/monitoring program.
24.6.7
Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP)
The CEMP is prepared to minimise the impacts of the project and its activities on the
receiving environment. The CEMP is prepared prior to mobilising to site.
The Contractor should uses the geotechnical investigations and previous EIA (if applicable)
as guidelines when preparing the CEMP.
When dewatering activities are included within the project site, the preparation of the CEMP
should include the following:
Identification of opportunities to reuse the dewatering effluent onsite in order to reduce
the amount of disposed effluent.
(b)
Dewatering techniques being employed on site
(c)
Disposal methods employed on-site and relevant monitoring plan to ensure

compliance with discharge limits.
(d)
Copy of discharge limits.
(e)
Roles and responsibilities of the Environmental Advisor on site.
AM
TC
(a)
Roles and responsibilities have to be clearly defined when designing a dewatering system.
These roles and responsibilities are to be submitted as an essential element to satisfy the
CEMP requirements when applying for the dewatering effluent discharge permit.
Refer to Appendix B for an example of inspection sheet for the dewatering process.
24.6.8
Monitoring Plan
The environmental monitoring plan is used to monitor the anticipated impacts of the project o
the surrounding and receiving environments. It is imperative that, should dewatering
activities exist on site, there is integration all testing and monitoring requirements.
Integration of monitoring plans may be between systems within individual sites or between
several sites, depending on management systems or owners
(a)
Environmental monitoring plan: The environmental monitoring plan is to outline the

steps required for monitoring of construction dewatering practices. The integration of
dewatering practices into the monitoring plan will pave the way to introduce a
dewatering monitoring plan.
(b)
The findings of the dewatering monitoring reports are to be summarised and included
in the environmental monitoring reports.
QCS 2014
(c)
Section 01: General

Part
Page 20
The dewatering practices monitoring plan: Introduction of a dewatering practices

monitoring plan, sampling points, variables, frequencies and reporting. This plan
should be cyclic which stands to be audited as part of the master environmental
monitoring plan. Corrective actions from audits are to be implemented to ensure
improved performance.
24.6.9
Training Plan
The integration of construction dewatering training into the training plan of the Contractor is
essential to introduce all staff to construction dewatering related information.
It is recommended that information on dewatering equipment and related emergencies are

included in the training provided to staff entering or working on the site.
The training for all staff does not have to be comprehensive; however, it should include basic
items such as:
(b)
Introduction to the dewatering equipment. Inclusion of photos in the training

presentation.
(c)
Health and safety related concerns, education on related emergencies, and contact
information of person in charge of dewatering to be provided in the presentation.
TC
Brief explanation of the construction dewatering purpose
Training for dewatering staff, however, should be the responsibility of the Project Consultant
and as per each Project needs and requirements. The training should be comprehensive and
should include all components dewatering staff need to be familiar with.
24.6.10 Odour Control
AM
(a)
The odour levels have been given a threshold value as indicated in the Qatar Construction
Specifications (QCS). Therefore, it is highly recommended to measure the level of odour
parameters, a devise should be installed within the construction site to measure odour
parameters (eg: H2S).
The QCS has identified two types of odour control equipment; control equipment carbon type
and control equipment scrubber type. Refer to Section 9 Part 9 and Part 10 for details.
24.6.11 Health & Safety Considerations

1
Health and safety issues are the most important part of any construction project. It is
recommended that health and safety measures in relation to dewatering practices are
enforced strictly, in order to prevent and/or minimise on-site accidents.
In addition to the conventional health and safety measures implemented in construction

sites, the following considerations are to be incorporated to contribute to the health and
safety practices relating to construction dewatering:
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 21
24.6.12 Site Investigation

1
During the initial site investigations, the Contractor has to identify potential health and safety
risks in the project area. Examples of risks are: potential contamination posing health and
safety concern to labour workers and site staff, slope stability issues due to dewatering
practices... etc.
Identified risks have to be considered and mitigated against during design and execution of
dewatering.
This exercise can be undertaken during the Risk Assessment process as described earlier in
this Guideline.
24.6.13 Design Considerations

1
The design of dewatering stage is the most convenient stage to plan properly in order to
prevent foreseeable health and safety issues arising during operational dewatering.
All designs must take into account the health & safety considerations associated with
dewatering, which include but are not limited to:
Preparation of layout plan for dewatering equipment.
(b)
Ensure access to dewatering equipment, without compromising the safety of staff.
(c)
Ensure that all dewatering equipment especially equipment placed offsite- is marked
clearly with name of project and Contractor, and contact person details.
(d)
Provide protective covers for assigned manholes which do not hinder the discharged
flow.
(e)
The mandatory use of PPE. All staff entering a projects safe zone have to be wearing
appropriate safety gear. This also applies to staff managing dewatering equipment
offsite.
(f)
The Contractor is to exercise duty of care when designing, installing and operating the
dewatering equipment and process.
AM
TC
(a)
24.6.14 Housekeeping Considerations

1
It is recommended that during the regular inspection of projects, the licensing authority is to
observe the status of housekeeping of dewatering equipment. Inadequate housekeeping can
expose staff and visitors to injury.
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 22
APPENDICES
Appendix A:
Short List of Parameters as provided by ASHGHALMoE list of Parameters for Dewatering Permit Environmental Laws and Regulations- Annex 4, Law 30 of 2002
23
Appendix B:
Dewatering Process Inspection Sheet
32
Appendix C:
Discharge Permit Forms
36
Appendix D:
Application for Permit- Procedure Flowchart for each Dewatering Option
40
Appendix E:
Environmental Permit Application- MoE
45
23
23
23
23
Appendix B
DEWATERING PROCESS INSPECTION SHEET
32
32
Appendix C
DISCHARGE PERMIT FORMS
36
36
AM
TC
Appendix A
SHORT LIST OF PARAMETERS AS PROVIDED BY ASHGHAL
MOE LIST OF PARAMETERS REQUIRED FOR DEWATERING PERMITS
ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS ANNEX 4, LAW 30 OF 2002
Appendix D
APPLICATION FOR PERMIT PROCEDURE FLOWCHART FOR
EACH DEWATERING OPTION
40
Appendix E
ENVIRONMENTAL PERMIT APPLICATION MOE
45
45
40
Section 01: General

Part
Page 23
TC
QCS 2014
AM
Appendix A
Short List of Parameters as provided by Ashghal

MoE list of Parameters required for Dewatering Permits
Environmental Laws and Regulations Annex 4, Law 30 of 2002
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 24
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 25
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 26
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 27
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 28
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 29
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 30
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 31
Section 01: General

Part
Appendix B
TC
Dewatering Process Inspection Sheet
AM
QCS 2014
Page 32
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 33
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 34
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 35
Section 01: General

Part
Appendix C
TC
Discharge Permit Forms
AM
QCS 2014
Page 36
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 37
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 38
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 39
QCS 2014
Section 01: General

Part
Page 40
Appendix D
AM
TC
Application for Permit Procedure Flowchart for each Dewatering Option
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 41
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 42
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 43
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 44
Section 01: General

Part
Appendix E
TC
Environmental Permit Application MoE
AM
QCS 2014
Page 45
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 46
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 47
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 48
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 49
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 50
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 51
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 52
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 53
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 54
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 55
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 56
TC
Section 01: General

Part
AM
QCS 2014
Page 57
Section 01: General

Part
TC
END OF PART
AM
QCS 2014
Page 58

Section 1 General

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Section 1 General

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

QCS 2014

Section 01: General

Scope of this Section

Compliance with the Qatar Construction Specification

TERMS AND DEFINITIONS .......................................................................... 5

ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS ............................................................... 7

Section 01: General

Scope of this Section

Scope of the Qatar Construction Specification

The following standards are referred to in this Part:

BS ISO 80000 ............Quantities and Units

BS EN 1991-1-4 .........Eurocode 1. Actions on structures. General actions. Wind actions

Precedence of Specification and Documents

The precedence of documents shall be:

Particular Conditions of Contract.

General Conditions of Contract.

Project Specific Specification.

Project Specific and General Drawings.

Qatar Construction Specification.

Section 01: General

Compliance with the Qatar Construction Specification

Compliance with the General Conditions of Contract

Any standard referred to in this Specification shall be taken as a reference to an equivalent

Government Published Specifications, Regulations, Notices and Circulars

The General Conditions of Contract.

The Qatar Construction Specification (QCS) issued by the Qatar Standards,

Section 01: General

Standard Method of Measurement of Building Works published by the Ministry of

Developers Drainage Guide prepared by the Public Works Authority, 2007.

Qatar Traffic Law No. 19 of the Year 2007.

CDD (Civil Defence Department) Fire Safety Handbook.

Civil Defence Law No. 9 of the Year 2012.

Worker Rights Booklet 2009 (National Human Rights Committee).

Section 01: General

TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

means documents which together form the Contract

means the party responsible for the construction of the Works.

Section 01: General

The drawings included in the Project Documentation.

means the party appointed by the Owner to administer the Contract

Government Departments and Utility Services

means any governmental, semi-governmental, administrative, fiscal or judicial ministry,

A Guarantee is a written assurance that a material, product, component, item of equipment,

A warranty is the same as a Guarantee as defined in Clause 1.4.17.1.

Section 01: General

means, irrespective of ownership, all plant, facilities, temporary structures and

All documents associated with and applicable to the Project Contract.

Singular and Plural

Specified in the Project Documentation.

ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS

The following abbreviations are used in this Specification:

Section 01: General

Reference to a technical society, institution, association or governmental authority is made in

American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials

Section 01: General

Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineering

The Site conditions shall be assumed to be as follows for tendering purposes:

Maximum ambient temperature .......................... 50C

Minimum ambient temperature ........................... 5C

Under certain climatic conditions, considerable condensation may take place.

Section 01: General

Wind tunnel test is recommended for buildings under below criteria

Total building height exceeding 120m from ground.

Structure with irregular geometry or shape.